You are on page 1of 752

PREPARED BY:

ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES


HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1

The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the


founder of the 19th dynasty.

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of


which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.

Greek architecture was essentially.

Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected


by the architect Mnesicles is the.

The building in the acropolis generally considered as being


the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.

With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native


natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.

Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders


used by the Greeks.

From the 5th century to the present, the character of


Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.

Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that


of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing
walls.
The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient
buildings in Rome.
The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in
Greek temple.

10
11
12

Amphitheaters are used for ___.

13

An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used


in public places.

14

The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

15

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing


the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat
tiles.

16

Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to


support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.

17

Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

18

In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but


especially for storing wine.

19

The characteristic of Greek ornament.

20
21

The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.


The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22

The open court in an Italian palazzo.

23

The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part


of a Gothic window.

24
25

"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.


How many stained glass are there in the Chartres
Cathedral?

1/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
26

Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.


i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave

27

Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

28

Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

29
30

Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.


Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

31

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular


plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting
structure.

32

A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

33

The principal or central part of a church, extending from


the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.

34

The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

35

The lowest step in the crepidoma.

36
37

Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.


Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

38

Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.

39

Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

40

Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

41

Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of


the Greek.

42

Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

43
44

What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?


A foot race course in the cities.

45

Architects of the Parthenon.

46

The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.

47

Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where


the carriages and floats are kept.

48

The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard


of the Sultan's bed.

49

In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which


is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.

50
51

Japanese tea house


A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration

2/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
52
53

Domical mound containing a relic.


Ifugao house (southern strain).

54

The style of the order with massive and tapering columns


resting on a base of 3 steps.

55

Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones


forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a
hundred persons.

56

A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,


terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

57

Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns


surrounding the naos.

58

Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

59

Architect of the Einstein Tower.

60

Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

61

What architectural term is termed to be free from any


historical style?

62

The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

63

Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a


battlement.

64

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who


consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the
country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.

65
66
67
68

Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.


The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69

A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

70

A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

71
72

A concave molding approximately quarter round.


Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

73

A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must


be well oriented'.

74

Architect of Robinson's Galleria

75
76

King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.


"A house is like a flower pot"

3/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
77
78
79
80

Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany


it is known as ___.
Architect of TWA airport.
"Modern architecture need not be western".
Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

81

A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma


reversa strap.

82

Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

83

Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

84

A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a


flower arrangement or art.
The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and
notable of its large dome.
An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently
place over the altar in a church.

85
86
87

A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing


a statue.

88

A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a


church.

89

A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

90

A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and


Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.

91

Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.

92

A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

93

A kindred type to the theater.

94

The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek


theaters.

95

A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of


brickworks.

96

A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone


laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.

97
98
99

A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect


A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or
without mortar joints.
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and
domes.

100
"Form follows function".

4/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
101

He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for


living".

102

Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.

103

Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell


construction.

104

The architect of the Pantheon.

105

Architect of the World Trade Center.

106

He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.

107

Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,


Constantinople)

108

Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.

109

Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at


Karnak?

110

Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.

111

The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple


of the Italian renaissance style.

112

Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.

113

Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum

114

Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.

115

Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,


Olympius.

116

Architect of the Erechtheion.

117

Master sculptor of the Parthenon.

118

Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.

119

"A house is a machine to live in".

120
121
122
123
124

Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.


"Architecture is Organic".
Invented reinforced concrete in France.
First elected U.A.P. president.
First president and founder of PAS.

125

Architect of the National Library, Philippines.

126

Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.

127

Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.

5/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
128
129
130
131

Designer of the Taj Mahal.


Expressionist Architect.
Founders of the "Art Noveau".
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.

132

Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.

133

Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.

134
135
136

The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.


Architect of SM Megamall.
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.

137

G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.

138

Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this


church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.

139

This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel


Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

140

A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian


churches.

141

In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.

142

From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of


columns at the front and rear.

143

Corresponds to the Greek naos.

144

The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by


Bramante.

145

The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo


Maderna.

146

147

On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the


epistle and the gospel are
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of
the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the
___.

148

In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central


place at the end of the church called ___.

149

Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.

150

Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.

151
152

Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.


Orientation of the Medieval Church

6/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
153

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low


screen wall from the body of the church called ___.

154

Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)

155

One of the few churches of its type to have survived


having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a
dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.

156

Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.

157

First school which offered architecture in the Philippines

158

The best example of a German Romanesque church with


apses at both east and west ends.

159

The council house in Greece.

160

The senate house of the Greeks.

161

The oldest circus in Rome.

162

The oldest and most important forum in Rome.

163

The warm room in the Thermae

164

The Hot room of the Thermae

165
166

The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.


The dressing room of the Thermae.

167

The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.

168

The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian


amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?

169

The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of


Agamemnon'.

170

Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?

171
172
173

The private house of the Romans.


The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
Roman apartment blocks

174

Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site

175

A roman house with a central patio.

176
177

A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.


A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large
covering slab

178

Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the entrance portal

7/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
179

A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at
the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.

180

Principal room of Anatolian House

181

It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the horizontal entablature or
part supported.

182

The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple

183

The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.

184

Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.

185

A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators against the sun

186

Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high

187

A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.

188

A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.

189

That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women

190

Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc

191

A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it

192

A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the

193

A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel tracery

194

Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

195

A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have
no sag when under load.

196

A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in
Renaissance building.

197

Designer of the Crystal Palace, London

198

Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona

199

Architect of the White House, D.C.

200

Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua

201

A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers

202

Man who leads the congregation at a prayer

203

Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings

204

Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque

8/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
205

206

Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in the life of the emperor.

In Romanesque archre a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably severe and adorned

207

General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was

208

Vaulting compartment into six parts known as

209

210
211

A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breath from wall

Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.


Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of bishops throne.

212

A secluded place

213

Secular architecture

214

215

216

217

218
219
220
221

222

223

224

The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the pope, and ruled over
the franks, which included central Germany and northern France

Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top

The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque architecture

Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous in castle

Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____


Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem
A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.
A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch, stones were dropped only
on an enemy below.
A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions known as merlons

The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.

A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary line

9/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
225

A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls

226
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls, and were provided with
dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a drying ground for the large monthly wash

227

228

229

230
231

A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed by angles of spires
and canopies.
An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the vaulting.

A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.


An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of northern France first
pointed.
Leafed ornament.

232

Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

233

The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating clergy.

234

Single and most important building in Britain.

235
236

A room, where food is stored in a manor house.


The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.

237

Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.

238

A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.

239

Originally the minaret of the mosque.

240

The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.

241

A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in early
times.

242

A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous revolution of European
times.

243

In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?

244

The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed inspiration was sought from
ancient Greek and roman architecture

245

A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance architects of the period 15301600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical elements

10/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
246

247
248

A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in
renaissance buildings
A light portable receptacle for sacred relics

249

Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.


The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing the principal social
apartments.

250

Known architect in early renaissance.

251

Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

252

Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

253

A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in decoration.

254

An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal.

255

A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and intended for
relaxation.

256
257

France generally describe rococo as


One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian spirits, or chubby, rosyfaced child with wings.

258

Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.

259

A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in geometrical and sometimes
interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance archre in England.

260

Space between the columns.

261

An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right
angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern

262

A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.

263

A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the coloring of sculpture to
enhance naturalism, also described to the application of variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking
effects

264

The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative designs,particularly during the 2nd half
of the 19th century in Europe and USA.

265

A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave line.

266

The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.

267

A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.

268

The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.

269

Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning land of the free

11/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
270
271

A stupa in a form of a corn cob.


Reflects Burmas cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations (16th-17th century) at
Rangoon.

272

Burmas term for monasteries.

273

Chinese monumental gateway.

274

Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition universally of 1889
work of Eiffel tower.

275

One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium building, U.S.

276

Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.

277

Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in Great Britain.

278

Received the Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan award for the city of manila, who is the architect?

279

In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as The Noble of Architecture the loftiest
recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect whose body of work represents a
superlative contribution to the field.

280
281

His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well as costume and
poster design.
Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive abstractionism of
architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the valid elements of older style.

282

Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His style is often described
as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has surrealist and cubist elements.

283

One of the worlds 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and only for all humanity
led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease and homelessness.

284

In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current technological trends to bring a
new dimension in designs.

285

Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and bridges. He worked on
structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations at Toulouse and again in France.

286

He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals such as bamboo and
thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.

287
288

French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom Each one sees whatever he wishes to
see belongs to,
He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60s or at the age of 60 yrs. old.

289

An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on classical decoration.

290

He was called Masters master where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer and Van de Rohe

291

Architect who leads the development of the Quezon Memorial Circle in Quezon City.

292

Eiffel tower I Paris stands.

12/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
293

Starting with holes belongs to architect

294
295

A house is a machine to live in philosophy belongs to


He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his fathers teachings about
craftsmanship.

296

One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design solutions.

297

His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.

298

His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the shortest path the stresses
developed within the structures.

299

Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.

300

A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt

301

For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive


sunshine, there was no need for windows, the
massive unbroken walls provided the surface for
________________.

302

303

In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop


the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to
Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,
and made entirely of white pentelic marble and
surrounded by freestanding column.
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater
designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.

304

In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in


Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A
four storey, elliptical structure that seated about
50,000 spectators. The exterior faade was
embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and
Corinthian columns.

305

In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was


designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor
Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent
and architecturally most pleasing.

306

In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),


A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)

13/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
307

The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft


contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
only remnant of the original blueprint that remains.
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?

308

What is the name of the


Cathedral in France that was designed
by Jean d Orbais.(

309

In France, It is the official residence of President of


France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for
Henry de la Tour d Auvergne

310

In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home


of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the
niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.
It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan
of Maranaw people and his family.

311

312

313

314

315
316

In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind


frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the
most different of all traditional Architecture in the
Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a
meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch
roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.
What is the name of this unique house?
The ___________________ is an art deco building
designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the
1960s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese
Philosopher, said, The reality of the building does
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.
The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure rests.
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking the place of a column
or a
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.

14/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
317

Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively emphasize the apex of a
gable, or
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.

318

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.

319

The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,

320

Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three levels upon which
the
superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size incrementally, forming a series of
steps
along all or some sides of the building.

321

The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon Memorial Circle.

322
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is composed of bands of
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,
323
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways leading into the orchestra,
between theatron and sken (also known as the parodos).
324

A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.

325

A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.

326

A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently
used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the
democratically-elected council is called:

327
328
329

330

The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by


upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty
to the Ptolemaic period.
The father of modern picture books of Architecture

331

The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the


troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.

332

Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is


also known as:
The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and
made entirely f marble is;

333
334

It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and


the 1880s in England and the USA and actually based on country
house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:

15/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
335

336

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting
the main features of London.
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is
called:

337

The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.

338

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
result of the interior

339

The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens
might be entertained.

340

It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a


single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.

341

It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where


elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting
techniques.

342

Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in


circular form.

343

A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th


century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical
elements in an unconventional manner.

344

The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected council is called

345
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan but owes its size,
disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period
346

347
348

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two
living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally
0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units?
The father of modern picture books of Architecture
The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks
himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery path, struggling though life
unsteadily and insecurely.

349

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra or the master builders
are required to register as architects?

350

Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as

351

The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is

352

Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the
medieval ages

16/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
353
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and the 1880s in England and the USA and actually
based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by a blending of Tudor
Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial elements in the USA
354

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained 337 dwellings in only
acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

355

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a
Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.

356

The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

357

The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the composite but inseparable
work of an art, in which the old diving line between monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared
forever.

358

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.

359
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a palace where
distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained
360

It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from
the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were
supported by transverse girders

361

??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called

362

It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of
stonecutting techniques

363
364

365

Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form


A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked by ancient Roman
Architectural forms
TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY MONUMENTS & TEMPLES
BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION &
CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES & VAULTING

366
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE
ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF
367
368
369
370
371

THE WALLS TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED


FENESTRATION
CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY
CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.
CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND
ARCHES, and SYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.
MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE PUBLICATIONS OF
THE ITALIAN REN. ARCHT.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580). STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF
ANTIQUITY.

17/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
372

TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCHRE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT, CHARATERIZED IN ARCHRE
BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL ELEMENTS.

373

IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS


USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS LAST PHASE IS CALLED ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT &
IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF ARCHRE.

374

THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCHRE 1750-1830, WHEN RENED INSPIRATION
WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCHRE ( NEO CLASSICAL)

375
( FR. ROCALLE ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE ORNAMENT IN W/C
ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PROFUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT PRESENTING A LAVISH
DISPLAY OF DECORATION.

376

SIVERSMITH-LIKE; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH RENAISSANCE.

377

THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND, NAMED AFTER
ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS &
STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION

378

379

380

381
382

383

384

385

ENGLISH ARCHL & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING THE ELIZABETHAN
STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED AFTER JAMES I
THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES,
SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL,
RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.

TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE TOWARDDS


ARCHRE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th CENT. BLDGS & LANDSCAPE
WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.

Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman possessed
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides covering a burial
chamber blow ground
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver & gold) pyra-midion at the
summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with hieroglyphics
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at
the apex
Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall

18/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
386
Consists of a complex of sarsen (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have been broken into blocks
by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of southern England )stones and smaller blue
stones set in a circle and connected by lintels
387
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number from one to seven
388
389

390

Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits


An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright stones set with a space
between and capped by a horizontal stone
Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A wedge-shaped stone: a
wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an arch or vault

391
In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting place; architecture
history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall
with a continuous bench along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular
outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical)

392

The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god

393
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and crowning umbrella came to
be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the
location of an auspicious event.
394

395

396
397

An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods or countries and
combines them to produce a harmonious whole.
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch, balcony, beam, cornice,
lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural component of a building, for example the underside
of a roof overhang or the inner curve of an arch
a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a circular dome is supported
over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular piece of vaulting between the arches that support
a dome and its rim

398
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of stones entered by a
single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high stone roof
399
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture and landscape
gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a
painting or photograph

19/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
400

A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors. painting done on fresh
plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry
plaster

401
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as shelter at religious
shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered walkway, usually with a row of columns on
one side and a wall on the other
402
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of man used as support: a
figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for the upper part of a classical building
403

A slab forming the crowning member of a column

404
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract the optical illusion
which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural
column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a
perfectly straight column would give
405

The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove running down an
architectural column

406

Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports

407

the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower portions of walls when
decorated separately.

408
409

The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat narrow moulding: a
raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces

410
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture gable on colonnade: a
broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as the major part of a facade
411

The lowest square member of the base of a column

412
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or colonnaded porticoes,
temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.
413
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious campaigns; has one or three
openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually
carried grit-bronze statuary (statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory
inscription in its face
414

Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs or baths, especially the
public baths of ancient Rome

20/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
415

Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important settlement, used to
display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)

416
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae and for public
fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving
water to a lower level, often across a great distance
417
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public meeting space, market
or rendezvous for political demonstrations.
418
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building. architecture pointed
ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet
419
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn out of one block of
marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late period, surmounted by lids like roofs
terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and
inscriptions
420

421
422

423

A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on a quadrangular
podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.
Line of intersection of cross-vaults
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a ceiling: a decorative
sunken panel in a ceiling
A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.

424
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an arched structure of stone,
brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with arched ceiling: a room, especially an
underground room, with an arched ceiling
425

A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church

426

A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered

427

a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.

428

A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed as to exert an equal
thrust in all directions

429

A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy

430

A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.

431

A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were read

432

Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble

21/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
433

A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as CIBORIUM.

434

A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by arcades or the like.

435
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or narthex to the
CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for the use of clergy and choir, often
separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually flanked by aisles of less height
436

437
438

439
440

The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a building


A small pavilion, usually open built in gardens & parks.
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space without object of
adoration. (Muslim)
A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting the beams of a roof,
floor or vault.
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies from which the faithful
are called to prayer

441

A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle

442

An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.

443
A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form an octagon or other
appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built
across the upper inside corner of a square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above
444

Womens or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.

445

An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.

446

A double curve, resembling the letter S, formed by the union of a curve and a convex line

447

The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.

448
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are placed separating the
chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are
mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the
church
449
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform projecting from an interior or
exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a building, planned for summer leisure.
450

A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings

22/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
451

Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design

452
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a horizontal line through
its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between two arches and a cornice
453
454

455

456

457
458

small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical window divider: a vertical
piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a window or the panels of a screen
A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or large house in France,
often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine produced there
A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire, especially one that emerges
from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges intersect.
a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

459

Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breadth (distance from
side to side) from the wall.

460

An umbrella shaped copula.

461

The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.

462

463

The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate platform). A foundation wall:
a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a colonnade
The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of church: the part of a
cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part (nave)

464
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The new method consisted
in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal
ribs to which the form of the panels was adopted
465
466

Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior
A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard

467

The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches

468

The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire

469

A room for storage of garments

23/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
470

471

A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated deflection so that it will
gave no sag when under load.
Covered passages around an open space or Garth, connecting the church to the chapter house; a small
courtyard or enclosed space

472
A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies
473

A vault in which the ribs compose a star-shaped pattern

474

A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by monks

475

A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means of projecting stones.

476

The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college

477

An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal, like the volutes
of the ionic capital.

478

An Italian impressive building or private building

479

One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair handrail or a coping
(walls capping surface).

480
a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic scrolls, and crimped folded
or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a profusion and confusion of detail often without organic
coherence but presenting a lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of
architecture and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout
Europe in the early 18th century.

481

482
483

In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of art and architecture in
Italy in the 17th to 18th century.
A tower not connected with Bell. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which the bells are hung.
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the eaves usually composed
of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.

484
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen, organized to
maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian renaissance chief magistrate)
485

(little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in character.

486

The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and other officials, usually
referred to as the choir

487
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone (Renaissance) A block
forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially when it is different, for example in size or
material, from the other blocks or bricks in the wall

24/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
488

A BRACKET: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or volute when carrying
the upper member of the cornice

489
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in
earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or vault, often below a church, used as a burial
chamber or chapel, or for storing religious artifacts
490
491

The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.
The chief magistrates buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.

492
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square or multi-angular
apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of glass and providing natural light inside
493

494

An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall between an outer door
and the main part of a building
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring roofs and glazed at the
sides

495
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in decoration; A circular
arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung
up as a decoration, or put on somebodys head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation
of a circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a coat of arms;
[headdress; garland; laurel]
496
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;[grand sitting room; social
gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]
497

A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the flatter upper portion.
Also known as the gambrel roof.

498
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful Maiden living in Rivers,
trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]
499

500
501

An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An architectural decoration:
a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure
A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. Die or Dado, and a cornice or cap mould
A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from roof: a window for a
room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main roof and has its own gable

25/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
502

503
504

A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body, used in classic times to
mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in Renaissance times.
Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area adjoining a house, used
for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard
typical of a Spanish-style house

505
Also called brackets or consoles or ancones. It is a projecting member to support a weight. generally
formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a
wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket
under the corona of a Corinthian or Composite column
506
507
508

509

510

511

512

513
514

515
516

517

The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.


A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around the east end of the
church, behind the altar.
Also called key pattern the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on
top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or
arched structure
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a raised platform at the
end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]
The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a rounded or three-sided
window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on the inside
Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe

A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for seats in a church
A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof ]
resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns much used in
the early renaissance architecture of England.
The space between two columns
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian spirits, or Chubby, a rosyfaced child with wings
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than brick. [brownish red
color]

518
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or heralds

26/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
519
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century, an intricate style
named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a heavily decorated architectural style
fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of elaborate silverware
520

An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands

521
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the rooftop of a dwelling but
sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a formal garden; a building with fine view: a
building or part of a building positioned to offer a fine view of the surrounding area
522
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the richly garlanded
spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated ornamentation]
523

524

525
526

527
528

A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative representation thereof; a
branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped
electric light fitting
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assembly of straight
lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone and brick.
Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive medieval chimney. Identified
by prominent gables and large expansive windows with small panes.
a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.
Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or 13 storeys and
repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each storey.

529
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often rambling spread out
floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a simply-built one-storey house with a veranda
and a wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast Asia and the South Pacific
530

531

532

533

A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware decorated with colored
opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal shafts with
inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal supported bearing the Buddhist
will of Law.
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles back on itself.
Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep gorges and leaping raging rivers of
3,700 miles.
An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in the faade aptly called
for the floral design.

27/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
534

a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art and architecture to
technology and the practical needs of human life.

535

The arrangement and design of windows in a building

536

Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.

537

Rock-cut temples in India

538
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their intersections. A rectangular
shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the trusses are directly above & below one another.
539

a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls, roof acting as
diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.

540

A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person

541

A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture

542
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light and airy second floor,
mother-of-pearl or capiz windows and picturesque wide tile roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought
iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.
543

An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.

544
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with drinking ceremony is done
545
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is divided into 20 parts called
minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or seconds of space.
546
547

548

Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a pyramidal roof Cogon
grass built without nails
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant wooden carvings derived
from the Malay Mythical bird the Sari Manok The silken Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends
of floor beams are decorated with intricate carvings
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit canes for walls and
split bamboo slats flooring

549
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of cogon and held
together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest typhoons in the north
550

An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly one overlooking an
open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided walkway, often with arches, along one side
of a building

28/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
551
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported upon a succession of
simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the
end walls, while the lower part of the main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.
552

Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by upright posts supporting
two or more horizontal beams

553
Fool the eye are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen to dishwashers. This
creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is
painted with cows and chicken and make-believe or create an outdoor scene.
554
A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and changes with antiques
and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick
floors. A house in the country: a large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached
555

556
557

1930s modernists style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by geometrical shapes,
bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass production
These are garden rooms.
patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer leisure); LOGGIA

558
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire crowned towers)
559

Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic church tower); finial (a
design at the top of a spire)

560

Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)

561

Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)

562

statue chamber

563

bldg that hold sculpture

564

bldg that holds painting

565

acropolis, sacred enclosure

566

coffer, ceiling

567

space bet naos wall and column

568

tholos passageway

569

sleeping room, megaron

29/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
570
571
572

573
574

575

576

(greatest example of Egyptian temple)


Great Sphinx at Gizeh
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis
Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria

gateway to greek temple


largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena

prototype Greek Thetre


- largest for 30,000 people

oldest & most important bldg in Rome

577

largest circus in Rome

578

largest forum in Rome

579

1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials

580

2. Caves

581

3. Rocks on top of each other

582

4. Hard-packed snow blocks

583

5. animal skins

584

1. Battered or sloping outside walls

585

2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins

586

3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high

587

4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics

588

1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks

30/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
589

2. Roofs flat outside

590
3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as dcor
591

4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows

592

1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.

593

2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important buildings

594

1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)

595

2. Wooden roofs were untrussed

596

3. Ceilings sometimes omitted

597

4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples

598

5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]

599

1. The arch & the vault was developed

600

2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]

601
3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.
602
603

1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches


2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof

604

3. Mosaic decoration added internally

605

4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries

606
1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches
607

2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of pendentives

608

3. Fresco decoration using marble & mosaic

609

1. Bulbous or onion dome

610

2. Minarets

611

3. stalactite moulding

612

4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof

613

5. painted arch

614

1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;

31/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
615

2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,

616

3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style

617

4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.

618

1. Pointed arch

619

2. buttress, flying buttress

620

3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting

621

4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist

622

5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)

623

1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)

624

2. Quoins, Balusters

625

3. domes or raised drums

626

4. pediments one within the other

627

5. rococo

628

6. baroque style

629

7. mansard roof

630

8. salon

631

1. Picturesque values

632

2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry & informality.

633

3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism

634

4. New functions & techniques produced new forms

635

5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.

636

6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals

637

7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift

638
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system, programmatically adopted
with the introduction of iron construction
639

1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed

640

2. Baloon frame was introduced

641

3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction

32/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
642

4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator

643
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain wall.
644

2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed

645
3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.
646

4. Steel is used in space-frame

647

1. Hindu worship is an individual act

648

2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda), and are designed for
congregational use.

649

3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character

650

4. The TORUS moulding is used

651

5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha

652

6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used

653

1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars

654
655
656

2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.
3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with small flat shingles and terra
cotta tiles.
4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door furniture, painted walls.

657
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square chamber angles, lantern
roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing the statue of Buddha
658

2. The SIKHARA & PAGODA temples survive.

659
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols, groups of divinities and
portraits statuary of royalties.
660
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and projecting cornice and fancifully
decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging lamps.
661
662

5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.


6. Pillars and beams are painted yellow or red and painted silks hang from the roof.

33/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
663

1.

Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill

664
2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers
665
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished with porcelain tile
666

4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)

667

5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs

668

6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.

669
7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.
670
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned with fantastic dragons and
grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)
671

2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.

672

3. Roof framing in rectangle and not triangle.

673

4. Use of bright colors

674

5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.

675
1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration
676
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a succession of brackets
677

678
679
680

3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls
4. Rooms are regulated by a KEN Tatami mats.
5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts, carved wooden sidings,
cogon grass roof.

681

2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,

682

3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,

683

4. Coconut shell & wood design.

684

5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing

685

1. Beehives,

34/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
686

2. huts,

687

3. caves,

688

4. tents,

689

5. Stonehenge, England

690

6. igloos

691

1. Sphinx,

692
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser
Architect: Imhotep
earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser at Saqqara, Egypt
consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba
The Great Pyramid
the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)

693

3. Obelisks,

694

4. Mastaba Tombs,

695

5. Great Temple,

696
6. Abu-Simbel, dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun
built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 1237 BC)

697
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king
dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods
built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila

698

7. Temple of Khons,

699

1. Ziggurat of Ur,

700

2. persepolis,

701

3. hall of the hundred columns

702

1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,

703

2. Citadel Teotihuacan,

704

3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,

705

4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru

706

1. Acropolis,

35/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
707

2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias


Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek Doric
on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar

708
Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles
Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic
has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.

709

3. Agora,

710
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural achievements of the fourth
century.
the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece.
can accommodate 14,000 spectators.

711

4. ODEION theatre,

712
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the other
713
714

6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,
7. open hillside theatres

715
1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
great domed hall with oculus
oculus a single circular opening
one of the great spiritual buildings of the world
it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church
revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture

36/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
716
2. Forums,Trajans Forum
100 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Roman
composed of an arc of arched arcade
most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing
largest known forums

717

3. Basilicas

718

4. Thermae,

719

5. Amphitheatres,

720
6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum
70 82
Architect: Vespacian and Domitian
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and Corinthian in the third, face the
three tiers of arcades
largest Roman Amphitheater
designed to hold 50,000 spectators
had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly

721

7. Triumphal arch,

722

8. gateways,

723

9. aqueducts

724

1. Basilican Churches,

725

2. Baptisteries

726

1. St. Sophia, Constantinople

727

2. St. Mark, Venice

728

1. The great mosques,

729

2. Damascus & Cordoba,

730

3. Kiosk @ Istanbul

731

4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra

732

5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi

37/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
733

1. St, Zeno,

734

2. Maggiore Monastery,

735

3. Leaning Tower,

736

4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,

737

5. Castles, fortifications,

738

6. chateus, Manor houses

739

1. Notre Dame Cathedral,

740

2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,

741

3. Kings College,

742

4. Canterbury Town Halls,

743

5. Skippers house @ Ghent

744

1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,

745

2. St. Peters PIAZZA,

746

3. Cathedral Vatican,

747

4. Palais du louvre,

748

5. Paris Chateu Maisons,

749

6. St Pauls Cathedral, London,

750

7. Guild Houses @ Brussels

751

1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London

752

2. Crystal Palace, London [???]

753

3. University Museum, Oxford

754

4. Red House, Kent

755

5. Cathedral @ Guildford

756

1. Eiffel tower, [???]

757

2. New louvre,

758

3. Paris Opera House,

759

4. Paris & cologne.

38/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
760
1. the White House
Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical
official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years

761
2. Capitol of the United States
Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1830
Style: Neoclassical
meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America, consisting of the House of
Representatives and the Senate

762
National Gallery of Art
Architect: John Russel Pope
houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world

763
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
Location: Washington, D.C.
Style: Neo-Egyptian
the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains
with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base

764
Golden Gate Bridge
1933 to 1937
Architect: Joseph Strauss
Location: San Francisco, California
Building type: suspension bridge
Construction system: steel frame, steel cables
Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details
one of the longest bridge in the world
a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location
overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters
bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters

39/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
765
Saint Patricks Cathedral
Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
shaped like a Latin cross
the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States
designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style

766

3. Boston Empire State Building,

767

4. English Country Houses

768

5. Bungalows

769
The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance
also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc.
I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance

770

771

Palais Royal
commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev
original name is Palais Cardinal
17th century
Daniel Buren: stripped columns

Arc de Triomphe
Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the top of the Champs
Elysees

772
Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: modern art museum
Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern
a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a year
massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent tube

40/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
773
Notre Dame de Paris
1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic
one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France
twin towers marking the entrance
probably the most famous image in French Gothic art

774
Paris Opera House
1857 to 1874
Architect: Charles Garnier
Location: Paris, France
Building type: theater, opera house
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Neo-Baroque
polychrome faade, opulent staircase
commission by competition
masterpiece of 19th century architecture
one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world
false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall

775

Elysee Palace
1718
Architect: Claude Mollet
official residence of the president of France

776

Hotel de Invalides
Napoleons tomb is within the structure
founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers
late 17th century

777
La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
church of Ste. Marie Madeleine
constructed as a church in 1842
surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns

41/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
778
Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Gothic exemplar
the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which eliminated the need for
alternating supports
supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture

779
Rheims Cathedral
one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture
construction commerced by Jean dOrbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy
a work of remarkable unity and harmony

780
Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: exposition observation tower
Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist
dominates the sky line of Paris
one of the most famous landmarks in the world
built for the Paris Exposition of 1889

781

Sorbonne
most famous building at the University of Paris

782
British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic faade,
Classical Revival
Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by Norman Foster

42/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
783
Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: English Gothic
Cathedral of Saint Mary
an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style
tallest in England 404ft (123m)
use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured

784
Queens House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance
was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I

785
Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Location: London, England
Building type: government offices and art school
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures, rusticated base

786
Saint Pauls Cathedral
1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Location: London, England
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque
the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement
a masterpiece of Baroque architecture
largest cathedral in England

43/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
787

Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian
also known as Burlington House

788
Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival
Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London
originally seat of kings as a royal residence

789
Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Romanesque
one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe
had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady
the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived

790
Glasgow School of Art
1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
Building type: college
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau

791

Buckingham Palace
Architect: sir George Goring
built during the reign of king James I

792

1. Salginatobel Bridge,

793

2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn

794

3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier

795

4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright

44/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
796

5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright

797

6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen

798

7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright

799

8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon

800

9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller

801

Temple of Heaven
Location: China
700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io)
means Perpetual Help

802
Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
Building type: church
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Byzantine
a tremendous domed space
built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian
a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture
additional minarets when the church became a mosque

803

Cathedral of Siena
Location: Southern Italy
incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design

804
Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
Style: Romanesque
"Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most famous building groups in
the world
the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente
white marble with colonnaded facades

45/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
805
Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Italian Romanesque
1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio
1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti
1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome
1418: competition for construction of dome.
1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction begun
The Duomo dome added by Brunelleschi
1436 church consecrated

806

Krak des Chevaliers


1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
Style: Medieval
crusader castle
the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world

807
Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Moorish (Islamic)
palace of Nasrid Dynasty
the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture
built as a cathedral in the mid-1200s
hall of justice: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration

808
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau
uses animal styles al through-out the structure

46/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
809
Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
Style: Art Nouveau
expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line
light court
it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like dwellings

810
Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist
Church of the Holy Family
uncompleted during Gaudis lifetime
crowned by four spires

811

812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819

Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic
onion-shape domes, flanking towers, built for wife Mumatz Mahal
located on the Jumna River
1. roofs at 45 degrees gradient or less
museum for Mogul emperors consort
2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or tisa were imported)
3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870s)
4. transoms with floral and foliate scroll work (1890s)
5. 1890s Art Nouveau brought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades, etched or colored glass
shrine
of freedom,
by Father
Antonio Cedeno,
1.
a regime
of reinforced
concrete
and galvanized
iron with Diego Jordan as engineer
panels
replaced
capizdesigned
2.
Neo-Classical
styles
6.
emergence
of
Filipino
and
foreign
architects
working in1872;
the Philippines
famous
walled
city
within
a city;
seven
gates;
completed
made
of
bricks
and
hardPlan
adobe
from the
Pasig
3.
DANIEL
BURNHAM
commissioned
byserved
Gov.
General
W.H.toTaft
to
draft
the
Master
for Manila
and
a.
FELIX
ROXAS
are
first45
Filipino
architect;
as architect
the
Manila
government;
studied
in England
and
River
quarries;
wall
ft
thick
and
rise
25
ft
above
the
moat;
structures
inside
the
city
include:
government
buildings (Agri-Finance Building, Senate Building, among others)
Spain
4.
MASTER
BUILDERS
(maestro
de obras)
title either
from invited
practical
completed
b.
JUAN HERVAS
uncontrolled
a Catalan
who
onerebuilding
ofacquired
the Spanish
architects
to experience
reconstruct or
Manila
after the
- mediocre
design,of
andwas
hasty
only resurrected
old designs
academic
training
Master
Builders
course
earthquake
of
1863
and
1880
- commercial
building
drew
from three
contemporary
architecture
in the West
5.
LICEO
DE MANILA
firstinspiration
school to open
year course
in architecture
7.
churches
development
of
community
planning
Movement
in 20thChurch,
Century,
art that architect;
represented
the revolutionary
effort
of young
Italian
6.
TOMAS
MAPUA
first Intramuros
licensed
established
the second
school
(followed
by UST and Adamson)
a.
Sto. Domingo
-7.BUNGALOW
and
introduced
in 1948;
house
with wide
picture
windows,
a lanai
and a carport for up to
Concrete,
steel
glass
MASONIC
TEMPLE,
Escolta
church
firstone-storey
multi-storey
reinforced
concrete
building
in the
Philippines
b.
San
Ignacio,
Intramuros

first
designed
by
a
Filipino
architect
three
cars Jim
Advocators:
Slade
and
Robert
Colley.
8.
CHALET
suburban
house;
simple
design
with
verandah
in
front
or
around
the
house;
middle-class
c.
San Sebastian
Church,
Manila
only
Gothicinchurch
in motifs
the Philippines
Cubist
style
developed
in Germany
andinterest
Austria
(1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
- modern
architecture
with
adevelopment;
renewed
Filipino
an
architects.
9.
1930s

continued
urban
emergence
of
multi-storey,
multi-family
dwellings
and commercial
8.
brides
Devoid
ornamentation
a.
use
ofofpointed
roofs,
lattices,
screens,
wood
carvings
The
architecture
of
reinforced
concrete
iron
and
glass.
structures;
distinct
simplification
of
lines,
emphasis
on
verticality;
other
architects
contradicted
the trend by
a.
Fuente
de Espana
firstplans
bridge
to span
the Pasig River
linking Intramuros and Binondo
Symmetrical/Assymetrical
b.
architecture
of LEANDRO
LOCSIN
and FRANCISCO
MANOSA
Calculation
of
audacity
and
simplicity
putting
horizontal
strips
of
glass
window
b.
Colgante
Bridge
for
suspension
bridge;
forofpedestrians;
iron&imported
Sought
for solutions
alternative
cheaponly
forms
constructionframework
in timber, of
brick
metal. from England
Overlapping
& intersecting
2-dimensional
Capable
of British
expressing
tangible
miracles.planes that enclose 3-dimensional space.
Initiated
by
(pre-fab.
Architecture)
Pure
color like
white
& grey ofMarinetti.
exterior walls.
Inspired
Tommaso
A
designby
of Filippo
something
Auspicious.
Distribution
of wall to window
space is approximately equal.
Other definitions:
Refers to low-cost housing
Pre-Fabricated unit

47/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

820
821
822

HISTORY
OF ARCHITECTURE
Non-representational style of art w/c uses modern industrial
materials:
plastic & glass. REVIEWER
Ideal abstract art movement arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)
Out
view
w/c
the Art
major
activities
or entity,
environmental
factorliewas
employed
the structure
in unrelated
a non-intellectual
Based
oninthe
idea:
is an
absolute
whose origin
in the
mind & in
whose
forms are
to objects
manner.
of visible world.
CHARACTERISTICS:
Concept of art: includes painting & sculpture.
Continuity of forms rather than proportionality and geometric terms/means.
Tendency to avoid rectangular forms.
Tends
to individual
sensibility.
, first built
in the 13th
century and reconstructed in 19061909, is the largest clay building in the world.

823

developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of techniques for
manufacturing rolled steel

824

826

architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection


movement for aesthetic and moral crusade
- escape FROM THE Industrial World
- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures
In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.

827

The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.

828

The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.

829

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply
of was.

830

Greek architecture was essentially.

831

Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles

832

The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.

833

With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Romans achieved huge
interiors with the.

834

Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.

835

From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.

836

The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.

837

The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.

838

Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for
facing walls.

839

The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.

840

The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.

841

Amphitheaters are used for ___.

842

An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.

843

The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

844

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints
of the flat tiles.

845

Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.

846

Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

847

In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.

848

The characteristic of Greek ornament.

825

48/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
849

The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that of the rest of Europe.

850

The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.

851

The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

852

The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

853

The open court in an Italian palazzo.

854

The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.

855

Japanese tea house.

856

A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.

857

Domical mound containing a relic.

858

Ifugao house (southern strain).

859

In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.

860

The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.

861

Tomb of the pharaohs.

862

Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for consecutive burials for several
to a hundred persons.

863

A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

864

Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.

865

Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

866

Architect of the Einstein Tower.

867

Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

868

What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?

869

From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?

870

The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

871

Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.

872

Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.

873

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of
the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful works.

874

Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

875

Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.

876

The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

877

The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

49/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
878

A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.

879

Sarimanok is a dcor reflecting the culture of the ___.

880

Caryatid porch is from what architecture?

881

Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

882

A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

883

A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.

884

The Parthenon is from what architecture.

885

A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.

886

A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

887

A concave molding approximately quarter round.

888

Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

889

A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.

890

What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.

891

Architect of Robinson's Galleria

892

Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.

893

"A house is like a flower pot"

894

Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.

895

King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

896

The council house in Greece.

897

Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.

898

Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.

899

A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.

900

Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.

901

Less is more.

902

First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.

903

Embrasures.

904

Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.

905

Different historical styles combined.

906

Architect of TWA airport.

50/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
907

The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.

908

First president and founder of PAS.

909

"Modern architecture need not be western".

910

Architect of the national library, Philippines.

911

The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian architecture, which palace was it
used.

912

Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.

913

The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric capital.

914

Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.

915

Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.

916

A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.

917

The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.

918

A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with corbelled cornice and
moldings.

919

"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

920

From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.

921

From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.

922

Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.

923

The three pyramids in Gizeh

924

The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.

925

A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.

926

In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.

927

The tomb beneath a church.

928

A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.

929

A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.

930

Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.

931

A roman house with a central patio.

932

934

Revival of classical Roman style


The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and Byzantine elements, and
powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall
structures, round arches,
Architect and furniture designer.

935

First registered architect in the Philippines.

933

51/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
936

The public square of imperial Rome.

937

Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.

938

Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

939

How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?

940

Agora is from what architecture?

941

Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.

942

A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.

943

Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.

944

The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a blind story.

945

A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the interior.

946

A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.

947

The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.

948

A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.

949

In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans from column to
column.

950

In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.

951

Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.

952

Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

953

Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

954

A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.

955

Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

956

The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.

957

Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

958

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the polygonal plan of its supporting
structure.

959

A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

960

The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or chancel and usually flanked
by aisles.

961

The covered walk of an atrium.

962

A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.

963

A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.

964

An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.

52/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
965

A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.

966

A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

967

A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.

968

Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.

969

The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate Buddha.

970

A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century

971

architecture.

972

Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.

973

A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.

974

The crowning member of a column.

975

A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.

976

A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.

977

The cold section of a Roman Bath.

978

This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.

979

The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.

980

Holy mountains.

981

Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.

982

Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.

983

The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.

984

The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.

985

Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.

986

Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.

987

Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.

988

Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.

989

Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.

990

Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.

991

The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?

992

The Greek male statues used as columns.

993

A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.

53/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
994

A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.

995

The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

996

The lowest step in the crepidoma.

997

A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.

998

The three chamber of a Greek temple.

999

A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.


1001 The clear space in between columns.
1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
1003 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
1004 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
1007 A kindred type to the theater.
1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.
1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
1011 A foot race course in the cities.
1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.
1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.
1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.
1015 Greek order that has no base.
1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.
1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?
1018 What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of steel for buildings.
1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.
1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?

54/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1023 Architects of the Parthenon.
1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.
1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain.
1027 The oldest circus in Rome.
1028 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
1029 Architect of the Erechtheion.
1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.
1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.
1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.
1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.
1036 A quadrigas is a ___.
1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.
1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___.
1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,
1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.
1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.
1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos
1043 The private house of the Romans.
1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.
1045 Roman large square tiles.
1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.
1047 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal
work.
1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.
1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.
1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.
1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or

55/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals.
1053 A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of straight lines
intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
1054 Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped or diminishing pedestal.
1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.
1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
1058 The origin of the door architrave.
1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___.
1060 Roman apartment blocks.
1061 A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the purpose of relaxation.
1062 !5th to 18th century architecture.
1063 "Form follows function".
1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance
1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.
1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?
1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".
1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.
1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
1071 The warm room in the Thermae.
1072 The Hot room of the Thermae.
1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.
1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
1075 The dressing room of the Thermae.
1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church.

56/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1081 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are
1083 In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later developed into the
transept, this is the ___.
1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church
1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.
1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)
1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.
1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.
1093 the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the chapter
1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.
1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.
1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west
1097 The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure of the Gothic period.
1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.
1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.
1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.
1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House.
1103 Architect of the World Trade Center.
1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?
1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.
1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture.
1107 The architect of the Pantheon.
1108 The senate house of the Greeks.
1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.

57/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.
1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.
1112 In what Order is the Parthenon.
1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.
1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.
1115 This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by means of a clepsydra
internally and sun dial externally.
1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?
1117 From what architecture is the Stoa?
1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.
1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.
1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos.
1122 The large element in the frieze.
1123 "A is a machine to live in".
1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
1125 "Architecture is Organic".
1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France.
1127 First elected U.A.P. president.
1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal.
1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids.
1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.
1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.
1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.
1135 Where "Constructivism" originated?
1136 Expressionist Architect.
1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau".
1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.

58/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.
1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.
1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
1145 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy
influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
1146 This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
1147 Architect of SM Megamall.
1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
1150 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
1151 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are kept.
1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.
1153 The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a laundry and drying space
and service area for the servants.
1154 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is
known as ___.
1155 Form follows function
1156 Form does not necessarily follow function
1157 Art and Architecture, the new unity
1158 A house is a house
1159 Cube within a cube
1160 A bridge is like a house
1161 Less is more
1162 Ornament is a crime
1163 Less is more only when more is too much
1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM
1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN
1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY
1167 Formulated Cubism and Futurism

59/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1168 Less is Bore / Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture
1169

The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to be lived in

1170 LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such tower in New York City.
1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1172 GEODESIC DOME
1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE
1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM
1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL
1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY
1177 EINSTEIN TOWER
1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME
1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE
1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES
1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING
1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK
1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY
1185 AT&T BLDG, NY
1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain
1187 Crystal Palace, England
1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut
1189 Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY GOTHIC
1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain
1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois
1192 Woolworth Building, NY
1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma
1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia
1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France

60/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Italian architect
1196 Member of Bauhaus
Popularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
1197
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and steel architecture of the
20th-century International Style.
Skin and bone construction.
1198
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the classics and later in
architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the International Style
Father figure of Post Modernism.
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.

1199
professional name of Charles douard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect, painter, and writer, who
had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
The house is a machine to live in.
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
The Swiss Building at the Cit Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);
Unit d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandgarh, India

1200
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),
American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete won him a prominent
place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.
PHILOSOPHY:
Searching for a materials want to be.
WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richards Medical Center

61/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1201
French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.
Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow

1202

American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the greatest figures in 20thcentury architecture.

1203
Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading architects of the mid-20th
century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Function influences but does not dictate form.
Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.
Architecture is not just to fulfill mans belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis

1204
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.
Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower
PHILOSOPHY:
Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.
WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland

62/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1205
Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of reinforced concrete, made
possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural problems.
Discovered ferro-cemento
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either for shell construction
or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers of mortar & mesh.
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris

1206
American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the late 20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the modern experience. The
particularities of context, the varieties of the users taste; Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the
program.
Less is Bore
More is More
Modern movement was almost right
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia

1207
Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs for public buildings, has
reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with traditional Japanese forms.
Furyu
Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Modern Architecture need not be Western.
The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.

1208 House of Michealerplatz, Vienna


1209 Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland
1210 Notre Dame du Raincy, France
1211 Sagrada de Familia
1212 US Capitol, Washington DC
1213 Glasgow School of Art
1214 Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur

63/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1215 Flatiron Building, NY
1216 Jewish Museum, Berlin
1217 TWA Terminal
1218 Helsinki Railway Station
1219 Los Manantiales, Mexico
1220 Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA
1221 Taliesin West, Arizona
1222 Munich Olympic Stadium
1223 Tokyo, Japan
1224 Eiffel Tower, Paris
1225 Bank of China, Hong Kong
1226 Sydney Opera House
1227 Chrystal Palace
1228 Fuji TV Headquarters
1229 Auditorium Building, Chicago
1230 Salk Institute, California
1231 Unite d Habitacion, France
1232 Catedral de Brasilia
1233 Seagram Building
1234 Portland Building, Oregon
1235 Habitat 67, Montreal
1236 London City Hall
1237 At & T Building, NY
1238 Lippo Building , Hong Kong
1239 Red House, England
1240 Max Reinhardt House, Germany
1241 Turin Exhibition Hall
1242 Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia
1243 Jubilee Church, Rome

64/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1244 CCTV China
1245 Saginatobel Bridge
1246 El Auditorio de Tenerife
1247 Church of the Light, Osaka
1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1249 UN Building
1250 Allianz Arena
1251 Lloyds Building, London
1252 Torre Agbar
1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA
1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore
1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB
1256 HSBC Hongkong
JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88
1257 Height: 420.60 meters
design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese
1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York
1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN
1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain
1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York
1262 John Hancock Center Chicago
PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88
1263 Height: 452 meters
1264 THE LOUVRE
1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China
1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York
1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong
1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago
1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong
1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio
1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China
1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.

65/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1273 EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE
1274 ST. PAULS CATHEDRAL, LONDON
1275 ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND

(1675-1710
(1767-1775)

THE PALACE
OF VERSAILLES
(1707-1710)
1276 ROYAL
SEARS CHAPEL,
TOWER, CHICAGO
(1947-1976)
110 STOREY
NumberFRANCE
of floors: 110
Height: 443 meters
1277 still the tallest building if the antennas are included
has the highest occupied floors
1278 1st Suspension Bridge
1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building
1280 1st Mall in the Country
1281 1st Prefabricate Structure
1282 1st School in the American Period
1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines
1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila
1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator
1286 1st Registered Architect
1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period
1288 1st Building to use an Elevator
1289 Metropolitan Theatre
1290 U.S.T. Main Building
1291 F.E.U. Main Building
1292 Alejandro Legardo
1293 Antonio Toledo
1294 Carlos Barretto
1295 Juan Arellano
1296 Tomas Mapua
1297 Mapua Institute of Technology
1298 University of Santo Tomas
1299 Adamson University
1300 Adrian Wilson
1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro

66/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1302 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1303 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1304 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1305 Antonio Sindiong
1306 Antonio Sindiong
1307 Antonio Toledo
1308 Antonio Toledo
1309 Antonio Toledo
1310 Antonio Toledo
1311 Antonio Toledo
1312 Carlos Arguelles
1313 Carlos Arguelles
1314 Carlos Santos-Viola
1315 Carlos Santos-Viola
1316 Carlos Santos-Viola
1317 Cesar Concio
1318 Cesar Concio
1319 Cesar Concio
1320 Cesar Concio
1321 Cesar Concio
1322 Chika Go, Desu Go
1323 Cresencio C. Castro
1324 Cresencio C. Castro
1325 Felipe Mendoza
1326 Felipe Mendoza
1327 Felipe Mendoza
1328 Felipe Mendoza
1329 Fernando Ocampo
1330 Fernando Ocampo

67/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1331 Fernando Ocampo
1332 Francisco Manosa
1333 Francisco Manosa
1334 Francisco Manosa
1335 Francisco Manosa
1336 Francisco Manosa
1337 Gabino de Leon
1338 Gabriel Formoso
1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1340 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1341 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1342 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1343 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1344 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1345 Guillermo Tolentino
1346 Jorge Ramos
1347 Jorge Ramos
1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1349 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1350 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1351 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1352 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1353 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1354 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1355 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1356 Juan Arellano
1357 Juan Arellano
1358 Juan Arellano
1359 Juan Arellano

68/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1360 Juan Arellano
1361 Juan Arellano
1362 Juan Arellano
1363 Juan Arellano
1364 Juan Arellano
1365 Juan Nakpil
1366 Juan Nakpil
1367 Juan Nakpil
1368 Juan Nakpil
1369 Juan Nakpil
1370 Juan Nakpil
1371 Juan Nakpil
1372 Juan Nakpil
1373 Juan Nakpil
1374 Juan Nakpil
1375 Juan Nakpil
1376 Juan Nakpil
1377 Juan Nakpil
1378 Juan Nakpil
1379 Juan Nakpil
1380 Leandro V. Locsin
1381 Leandro V. Locsin
1382 Leandro V. Locsin
1383 Leandro V. Locsin
1384 Leandro V. Locsin
1385 Leandro V. Locsin
1386 Leandro V. Locsin
1387 Leandro V. Locsin
1388 Leandro V. Locsin

69/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1389 Leandro V. Locsin
1390 Leandro V. Locsin
1391 Leandro V. Locsin
1392 Leandro V. Locsin
1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta
1394 Maosa Brothers
1395 Manuel Go
1396 Otilio Arellano
1397 Otilio Arellano
1398 Otilio Arellano
1399 Pablo Antonio
1400 Pablo Antonio
1401 Pablo Antonio
1402 Pablo Antonio
1403 Pablo Antonio
1404 Pablo Antonio
1405 Pablo Antonio
1406 Pablo Antonio
1407 Palafox & Associates
1408 Palafox & Associates
1409 Palafox & Associates
1410 Palafox & Associates
1411 Palafox & Associates
1412 Richard Kissling
1413 Rogelio Villarosa
1414 Tomas B. Mapua
1415 Tomas B. Mapua
1416 Tomas B. Mapua
1417 Tomas B. Mapua

70/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1418 Walter Gropius
1419 William Coscolluela
1420 William Coscolluela
1421 William Coscolluela
1422 William Coscolluela
1423 William Coscolluela
1424 William Coscolluela
1425 William Coscolluela
1426 William Coscolluela
1427 William Coscolluela
1428 William Coscolluela
1429 William Coscolluela
1430 William Parson
1431 William Parson
1432 William Parson
1433 William Parson
1434 William Parson
1435 William Parson
1436 Leandro Locsin
1437 Recio Casas/ KPF
1438 Gabriel Formoso
1439 Gabriel Formoso
1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1441 Antonio Sindiong
1442 Antonio Sindiong
1443 Adrian Wilson
1444 Juan Nakpil
1445 GF and Partners
1446 Franciso Maosa

71/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1447 William Coscolluela
1448 GF and Partners
1449 Recio Casas
1450 Leandro Locsin
1451 GF and Partners / SOM
1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1453 Gabriel Formoso
1454 Anonio Sindiong
1455 Gabriel Formoso
1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi
1457 Gabriel Formoso
1458 Engracio Mariano
1459 Gabriel Formoso
1460 Rogelio Villarosa
1461 Rogelio Villarosa
1462 Angel Nakpil
1463 Recio Casas
1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza
1465 Antonio Sindiong
1466 Gabriel P. Formoso
1467 RMJM
1468 Carlos Arguelles
1469 Antonio Sindiong
1470 Leandro Locsin
1471 Palafox/ SOM
1472 Gabriel Formoso
1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1475 Maosa Brothers

72/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1476 William Coscolluela
1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia
1478 GF and Partners
1479 Fernando Ocampo
1480 Leandro V. Locsin
1481 Leandro V. Locsin
1482 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1483 Antonio Toledo
1484 Cresencio De Castro
1485 Gabriel Formoso
1486 Francisco Maosa
1487 Leandro V. Locsin
1488 Leandro V. Locsin
1489 Froilan Hong
1490 Leandro V. Locsin
1491 Jorge Ramos
1492 Leandro Locsin
1493 Leandro Locsin
1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso
1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation)
1496 Carlos Santos-Viola
1497 Alfredo Luz
1498 Gabriel Formoso
1499 Rogelio Villarosa
1500 Carlos Arguelles
1501 Leandro V. Locsin
1502 William Parsons
1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1504 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

73/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews
1506 Cesar Concio
1507 Leandro Locsin
1508 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1509 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1510 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1511 Angel Nakpil
1512 Juan Nakpil
1513 Juan Nakpil
1514 Carlos Arguelles
1515 Juan Nakpil
1516 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1517 Galvan
1518 Fernando Ocampo
1519 Fernando Ocampo
1520 Fernando Ocampo
1521 William Parsons
1522 Juan Hervas
1523 Juan Nakpil
1524 Juan Nakpil
1525 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1526 Antonio Toleda
1527 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1528 Federico Ilustre
1529 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1530 Angel Nakpil
1531 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1532 Juan Nakpil
1533 Antonio Sindiong

74/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1534 Gabriel Formoso
1535 Juan Arellano
1536 Otilio Arellano
1537 William Parsons
1538 Antonio Toledo
1539 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1540 Juan Arellano
1541 Federico Ilustre
1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane
1543 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1544 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo
1546 Tomas B. Mapua
1547 Tomas B. Mapua
1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1549 Otilio Arellano
1550 Cesar Canchela
1551 Antonio Toledo
1552 Luis Araneta
1553 Carlos Arguelles
1554 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1555 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1556 Felipe Mendoza
1557 Gabriel Formoso
1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano
1559 Alfredo Luz
1560 Fernando Ocampo
1561 Juan Hervas
1562 Otilio Arellano

75/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1563 Angel Nakpil
1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Maosa (restoration)
1565 Victorio C. Edades
1566 Rogelio Villarosa
1567 Juan Hervas
1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo
1569 Dominador Lugtu
1570 Felipe Mendoza
1571 Felipe Mendoza
1572 Cesar Concio
1573 Antonio Toledo
1574 Juan Nakpil
1575 Cesar Concio
1576 Guillermo Tolentino
1577 Gabriel Formoso
1578 Jorge Ramos
1579 Cesar Concio
1580 Carlos Arguelles
1581 Carlos Santos-Viola
1582 William Coscolluela
1583 Juan Nakpil
1584 Federico Ilustre
1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa
1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM
1587 Philip Recto
1588 Art Alcantara
1589 William Coscolluela
1590 Leandro V. Locsin
1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi

76/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi
1593 Felipe Mendoza
1594 Philip Recto
1595 Maosa Brothers
1596 RR Payumo
1597 Carlos Santos-Viola
1598 Rogelio Villarosa
1599 Francisco Maosa
1600 Antonio Sindiong
1601 Rogelio Villarosa
1602 Francisco Maosa
1603 GF and Partners/ KPF
1604 William Coscolluela
1605 Francisco Maosa
1606 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1607 Nick Feliciano
1608 Francisco Maosa
1609 Felipe Mendoza
1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio
1611 William V. Coscolluela
1612 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1613 Recio Casas
1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei
1615 GF and Partners
1616 Gabriel Formoso
1617 William Coscolluela
1618 G and W
1619 Francisco Maosa
1620 Francisco Maosa

77/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1621 Felipe Mendoza
1622 Francisco Maosa
1623 Leandro V. Locsin
1624 Maosa Brothers
1625 Francisco Maosa
1626 Juan Arellano
1627 Gabriel Formoso
1628 Temple of Luxor
1629 Abu Simbel
1630 Pyramid of King Zoser
1631 The Great Pyramid
1632 Partheon
1633 Erechtheum
1634 Epidaurus Theater
1635 The Pantheon
1636 Trajan's Forum
1637 Colosseum
1638 White House
1639 Capitol of the United States
1640 National Gallery Of Art
1641 Washington Monument
1642 University of Virginia
1643 Massachusetts State House
1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral
1645 Connecticut State Capitol
1646 Monticallo
1647 New York City Hall
1648 Fallingwater
1649 Guggenheim Museum

78/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1650 Coonley House
1651 Ennis House
1652 Johnson Wax Building
1653 Larkin Building
1654 Wingspread
1655 Golden Gate Bridge
1656 The Louvre
1657 Tuileries
1658 Palais Royal
1659 Sacre-coeur
1660 Hotel de Ville
1661 Arc de Triomphe
1662 Pompidou Centre
1663 Notre Dame de Paris
1664 ParisOpera House
1665 Elysee Palace
1666 Hotel de Invalides
1667 La Madelaine
1668 Sorbonne
1669 Charles Cathedral
1670 Amien's Cathedral
1671 Rheims Cathedral
1672 Eiffel Tower
1673 Notre Dame du Haut
1674 Villa Savoye
1675 Burgtheater
1676 Berlin Opera House
1677 Wurzburg Residenz
1678 Einstein Tower

79/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1679 British Moseum
1680 Salisbury Cathedral
1681 Queen's House
1682 Somerset House
1683 St. Paul's Cathedral
1684 Chiswick House
1685 Westminster Palace
1686 Glasgow School of Art
1687 Durham cathedral
1688 Buckingham Palace
1689 Temple of Heaven
1690 Hagia Sofia
1691 Cathedral of Siena
1692 Pisa Cathedral
1693 Florence Cathedral
1694 Krak des Chevaliers
1695 Alhambra
1696 Casa Batllo
1697 Casa Mila
1698 Sagrada Familia
1699 Taj Mahal
1700 Paoay Church
1701 Vigan Church
1702 Santa Maria Church
1703 Tumauini Church
1704 Angat Church
1705 Barasoain Church
1706 San Sebastian Church
1707 San Augustine Church

80/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1708 Taal Church
1709 Daraga Church
1710 Miagao Church
1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica
1712 PBCom Tower
1713 Petron Mega Plaza
1714 G.T. International Tower
1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower
1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower
1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2
1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2
1719 Petronas Tower
1720 Sears Tower
1721 Jin Mao Building
1722 Plaza Rakyat
1723 Empire State Building
1724 Central Plaza
1725 Bank of China
1726 Emirates Tower I
1727 The Center
1728 T & C Tower
1729 AON Center
1730 John Hancock Center
1731 Shun Hing Square
1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)
1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel
1734 Baiyoke Tower 2
1735 Chrysler Building
1736 Bank of American Palza

81/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1737 Library Tower
1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ
1739 AT & T Corporate Center
1740 Chase Tower
1741 Ryugyong Hotel
1742
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for his outstanding talents and services in
creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well designed and conscientiously executed
1. Geronimo Reyes Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
4. Manila Jockey Club
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)

1743

o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:


1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
4. Far Eastern University Building
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)

1744 o Most prolific artist-designer


o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
3. Metropolitan Theatre
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)
1745

1746 o Master of Neoclassicist style


o Among the first architect-educators
o Assistant to William Parsons
o Buildings:
1. Cebu Custom House
2. National Museum Building
3. City Hall of Manila

82/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1747
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Childrens Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz

1748
1749
1750
1751

1752
1753

Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)


Reliance Building, Chicago
Monadnock Building, Chicago
Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines
Prepared site for
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office

Implementation of D. Burnhams plans


o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans
o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines

1754
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the El Nido style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
3. Crystal Arcade
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???

1755

1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world

1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)


1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture
1758

he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace

1759 the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public Works
1760 his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest architectural school in
the country

83/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines
1762 o Public administrator; advocated Building Code of Manila
o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)
1763 o Pioneering Staff of Division of Architecture
1764 Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco faade through the high-pitch roof in the central
building
1765 Quiapo Church
1766 The Ever Theater the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas
1768 Rizal Home Restoration
1769 Bonifacio Monument
1770 SSS Bldg
1771 Sn Miguel Church
1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music
1773 Phil. National bank
1774 Manila Railroad Company
1775 FEU
1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)
Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics in the Philippines,
1777 exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as detailing : tropical fruits and flora motifs,
bamboo banister railings, carved banana and mango ceiling relief, and Batik mosaic patterns
1778 Rizal Memorial
1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio
1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)
1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle neoclassicism
1782 Supreme Court
1783 Quezon Memorial Circle
1784 OLD MIA
1785 GSIS
1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg
1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok
1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)
1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

84/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1791 Finance Bldg
1792 Baclaran Church
1793 US Protestant Church
1794 Perpetual Help Church
1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.
1796 Childrens Hospital
1797 ABS CBN QC
1798 DBP - Makati
1799 Manila Hilton
1800 UPLB Masterplan
1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center
1802 Malacanang
1803 Manila Hotel
1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua)
1805 Phil. Normal college
1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation
1807 UST Chapel
1808 Antipolo Church
1809
1810 Baguio
Manila Hotel
1811 1.
Luneta
2. ArmyPark
& Navy Club
3.
Philippine
Hospital
1812 Old CongressGeneral
Bldg. (Legislative
Bldg)
4. Philippine Normal
School
5. Womens Dormitory of the Normal School
1813 6. University Hall of the University of the Philippipnes (Padre Faura)
7. YMCA building
1814 8. Elks Club
9. Manila Club
1815 10.
Gabaldon
schoolhouse, most visible, 5 prototypes
Manila
POLO Club
1816 FEU Main Bldg
1817 Lyric Ideal Theather
1818 Jai Alai

85/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1819 Central bank of the Philippines
1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati
1821 San Agustin Church
1822 UST Main Bldg
1823 Araneta Coliseum
1824 Sto. Domingo Church
1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)
1826 Iglesia ni Kristo
1827 New Era
1828 Rustans QC
1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction
1830 Vista De Loro
1831 San Beda Chapel
1832 1. Legarda Elementary School French renaissance
1833 2. Rafael Fernandez House French renaissance and official residence of Corazon Aquino during her
presidency
1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building art deco and modern style
1835 4. Crystal Arcade art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping mall
1836 5. Perkins House also known as El Nido (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manilas 1925 House Beautiful
Contest
1837 Malacanang residence
1838 UP Catholic Chapel
1839 St. Andres Church - Makati
1840 Mandarin hotel
1841 Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which reinterprets traditional
Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
1842 National Arts Center
1843 NAIA
1844 Manila Hotel , New
1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc
1846 Edsa Shrine
1847 Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof reminiscent of the
salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window borrowed from the bahay kubo

86/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration
1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas
1850 Antonio Pacific
1851 Pacific Plaza
1852 Ali Mall
1853 SM
1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas
1855 Tektite Tower
1856 National Bookstores
1857 Shangrila Edsa Plaza
1858 Shangrila Makati
1859 Kings Court 1 & 2
1860 Silahis Hotel
1861 Stella Maris College
1862 Manila Doctors Hospital
1863 Times Theater
1864 Makati Med. Center
1865 Quezon City Hall
1866 De La salle University
1867 Nurses Home
1868 UY-CHACO building
1869
1870
o Magsaysay Center
1871 o WHO building
o Ermita Center
1872 Robinson's Galeria
1873 Quiapo Mosque
1874 Phil. Heart center
1875 Meralco Building
o Feati University Building
1876 o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs)
o UST seminary building

87/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882

PLDT TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City


HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City
CITIBANK TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City
AYALA LIFE FGU, Ayala avenue, Makati City
EQUITABLE BANK TOWERS,
RENNAISANCE 2000
AYALA
TOWER
Ayala Avenue,
Makati City
(consultant: S.O.M.)
PACIFIC
PLAZA1,
TOWERS,
Fort Bonifacio
(arquitectonica)
RENNAISANCE
TOWERS
ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)
KINGSWOOD, Vito Cruz, Makati City
GT
INTERNATIONAL
TOWER,
Ayala
avenue,
Makati
MANANSALA
TOWER,
Rockwell
center,
Makati
City City
OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE
PBCOM TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
PETRON, MEGAPLAZA
JIN MAO TOWER
ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)
FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)

1883 ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas


1884 ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)
1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan
1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte
1887 Las Pinas Church
1888 Loboc Church Bohol
1889 Manila Cathedral
1890 Miagao Church, iloilo
1891 Morong Church, Rizal
1892 Panay Church, Rizal
1893 Quiapo Church
1894 San Agustin Church
1895 World Trade Center
1896 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1897 Carlos Arguelles
1898 Edmundo Lucero
1899 Francisco Fajardo
1900 Gavino de Leon
1901 Cezar de dios
1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture
1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner
1904
1905

88/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934

89/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963

90/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971

91/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rameses I
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Arch and vault
Composite
Domical roof construction

Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis

Antefix

Acroterion
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Roman
176

92/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

a. i, ii, iii
Octagonal
13..
Square
Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex
Nave
Stylobate
Stereobate
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
Stadium
Callicrates and Ictinus
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Dapogan
Cha-sit-su
Masjid

93/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stupa
Bale
Doric

Tumuli

Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Van Alen
Embrasures

Amenemhat I

Senusret I
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
Canephora
Bartizan
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
William Cosculluela
Imhotep
Richard Josef Neutra

94/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jugendstijl
Eero Saarinen
Kenzo Tange
Khufu
Console
Chartres Cathedral
Octagonal
Tokonama
Hagia Sophia
Baldachino
Tabernacle
Exedra
Niche
Mudejar
Mnesicles
Pinacotheca
Odeion
Epidauros
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum

Opus Tesselatum

Louis Sullivan

95/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Buckminster Fuller

Marcel Lajos Breuer


Felix Outerino Candela
Agrippa
Minoru Yamasaki
Bernini
Anthemius and Isidorus
George Ramos
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Iigo Jones
Callimachus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
Mnesicles
Phidias
Welton Becket
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino

96/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Shah Jahan
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos

Morong Church

Panay Cathedral in Capiz

Bema
Naos
Amphi-Prostyle
Cella
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Ambo

Bema

Apse
Forum
East
South
West

97/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cancelli
Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens

Nea Moni

Centralized
Liceo de Manila
Worms Cathedral
Bouleuterion
Prytaneion
Circus Maximus
Forum Romanum
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria

Vespasian / Domitian

Treasury of Atreus
Xerxes
Domus
Thalamus
Insulae
Villa
Atrium House
Balneum
Menhir

98/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Royal pyramids
Megaron
Order
Crepidoma
Naos
Thermae
Velarium
Insula
Baldachino
Narthex
Gymnaceum
Voussoirs
Cenotaph
West door
Rayonnant
Plough
Camber

Rustication
Sir Joseph Paxton
Antonio Gaudi
James Hoban
Carlos Baretto
Masjid
Muenzzin
Islamic
Kibla

99/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Shah-Jehan

Cluniac
sober & dignified
sixtite

pilaster strips

campanile

ambrogio

Altars
Castle

Alexander

Helm Roof

Church bldgs.

Portugal

Alocabaca, Portugal
Fortress
fortification

machicolations

battlement

merlons

bailey

100/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Steve church

domestic

crocket

buttress

transept

tudor

mouldings
tracery
presbytery
West minister abbey
pantry
cimborio
finial
retablo
kibla
Florence Cathedral

crypt

Renaissance

Palladian

antiquarian

mannerists

101/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rustication

Reliquary
Brunelleschi
Piano Noble
Donato Bramante
Mullion
transom
wreath
scroll
nymphaneum
rocaile
cherubin
newel
strapwork
intercolumnation

fretwork

pulpitum

polychromy

expressionism

eyebrow

skylight
reja
cella
Burma

102/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

viharas
shwe dagon pagoda
pitakat-taik
pailou
Alexandre Gustav Eiffel
Louis Henry Sullivan
Yamasaki and Roth
Charles Mackintosh
Tomas Mapua

Frank Gehry

Erich Mendelsohn

Kahn, Louis

Antonio Gaudi

Buckminster Fuller

Francisco Manosa
Gustave Eiffel

Francisco Manosa

Lucio Costa
Buckminster Fuller
Robert Adam
Peter Behrens
Francisco Manosa
984 ft.

103/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Buckminster Fuller
Le Corbusier
Mies van de Rohe
Richard Meier
Oscar Niemeyer
Nervi, Pier Luigi
Lucio Costa
Kenzo Tange

hierogyphics

Parthenon

Epidaurus Theater

Colosseum

Trajans forum

Agrippa

104/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Robert Mills

Reims Cathedral

Elysee Palace

Torogan House

Ivatans Rakuh

Manila Metropolitan Theatre

G.F.& Partners

Lao Tze

Plinth

Caryatid

105/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Finial

le Corbusier
Telamon

Crepidoma

Federico Ilustre

Archivolt

Eisodos

Obelisk
Aokum
Gargoyle
Monument
Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Andrea Palladio

Ten books of Architecture by Marcus Vitruvius

Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column

Queen Anne style

106/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

Prytaneion

Kankanay

Decorated style

Cromlech

Mannerism

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Firewall; Fireblock

Andrea Palladio
10 books of architecture by Vitruvius

Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986

Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column
Medieval Organic City

107/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Queen anne Style

Unite d Habitation
Sir Christopher Wren
Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

prytaneion

Kankanay

Cavaea
Decorated Style

Chromlech

Palladianism

Egyptian Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture
Rayonant
Flamboyant
Renaissance Architecture

Palladianism

108/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Mannerism

Baroque

Antiquarian

Rococco

Plateresque Architecture

Elizabethan Architecture

Jacobean Architecture

Gregorian Architecture

Picturesque Architecture

Sphinx

Mastaba

Obelisk

Pyramid
Batter

109/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stonehenge

Ziggurat
Hieroglyphics
Dolmen

Voussoirs

Exedra

Cella

Stupa

Eclectic

Soffit

Fortress

Pendentive

Mayan Temple Pyramid

Picturesqueness

110/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Fresco

Stoa

Atlantes

Abacus

Entasis

Flutes
Caryatids
Daado

Arris

Fillets

Pediment

Plinth

Agora

Triumphal Arch

Thermae

111/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Colosseum

Aquaducts

Forum

Pinaccle

Sarcophagus

Mausolleum

Groins

Coffers

Butress

Vault

Narthex
baptisteries
Font
Dome
Bema
Arcade
Ambo
Mosaic

112/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Baldachino
Aisle

Nave

Apse
Kiosk
Mosque

Corbel

Minaret

Chamfer
Atrium

Squinch

Harem
Cenotaph
Ogee
Keystone

Iconostasis

Verandah

Piazza

113/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Arabesque

Spandrel

Turret

Mullions

Chateau

Fleche

Niche
Boss

Pilaster Strip
Chatris
Tracery

Podium

Transept

Rib & Panel

Cimborio
Larder
Spire
Steeple
Wardrobe

114/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Camber

Coisters

Pantry
Stellar Vault
Monastery
Oriel Window
Refectory
Scroll
Palazzo

Baluster

Rococo

baroque

Belfry

Entablature

Doge's Hall

Pavillion
Chancel

Quoins

115/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Console

Crypt

Newel

Doge's Palace

Cupola

Vestibule

Lantern

Wreath

Salon

Mansard

Nymphaeum

Finial

Pedestal

Dormer

116/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Hermes

Mullions

Patio

Modilions

Transom
Tabernacle
Ambulatory

Finial

Dais

Bay Window

Helm Roof

Gallery

Strapwork

Intercolumnation

Cherubs

Terracotta

Heraldic

117/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Plateresque Architecture

Pulpit

Belvedere

Churrigueresque

Candelabra

Fretwork

Wata Dage

Tudor Revival

Torus

Pagoda

Bungallow

Faience

Stambas / Laths

Great Wall

Art Noveau

118/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

bauhaus

Fenestration
Architectonic
Rarhs

Space Frame

Baloon Framing

Pai Lou
Bonsai

Antillan House

Belvedere
Tea House

Ken

Ifugao/ Bontoc House

Nipa House

maranao House

Ivatan House

Loggia

119/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Irrimoya Gable

Torii

Trompel o Eil

Country House

Art Deco

Gazebo
Stoa

Pinacle

Boss/ Groin
Quoins / Squinch
Serdab
Glypthoteca
Pinacotheca
Themenos
Lacunaria
Peroma
Dromos
Thalamus

120/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

The Great Temple of Arnak


God Horus

Egyptian Architects

Propylaea

Partenon

Theatre of Dionysus

Forum Romanum
Circus Maximus
Forum of Trajan

Prehistoric Period

Egyptian Architecture

Mesopotamian Architecture

121/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Mesopotamian Architecture

Pre columbian Architecure

Greek Architecture

Roman Architecture

Early christian Architecture

Byzantine Architecture

Islamic Architecture

122/752
Romanesque Architecture

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Renaissance Architecture

Britain Architecture

Continental Europe

American Architecture

123/752

American Architecture

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

India / pakistan

Sri Lanka

Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet

124/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

China

Japan

Philippines

125/752
Pre Historic Period - Structures

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pre Historic Period - Structures

Egyptian Buildings

Ancient near East (mesopotamia) Buildings

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru, Mexico)

126/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Greek Buildings

127/752
Roman Buildings

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Roman Buildings

Early Christian Structures

Byzantine Structures

Islamic Buildings

128/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Romanesque Buildings

Gothic Buildings

Rennaissance Buildings

Britain Buildings

Continental Europe Buildings

129/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

American Structures

130/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

131/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

French Architecture

132/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

133/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

English architecture

134/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

135/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

136/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Asian & Spain Architecture

137/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)


Intramuros
Late Spanish Period
American Period
Post War Architecture
Futurism
Functionalism
Utilitarianism

138/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Constructivism
Neo-expressionism
The Great Mosque of Djenn in Mali,
Elisha Graves Otis
Ecclectism
The Arts & Crafts Movement

Pyramid
Cheops
Rameses 1
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Arch and vault
Composite
Domical roof construction
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Sober and dignified
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix (Antefixae)
Acroterion / Acroterium
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion

139/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Marble
Pisa
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
Stupa
Bale
Ziggurat
Doric
Pyramid
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Cambodian
Van Alen
Embrasures
Agra
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Heb-sed
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu

140/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Groin Vault
Visayan
Greek
Canephora
Bartizan
Basilica
Greek
Helm Roof
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
Pinnacle
William Cosculluela
Baroque for of Ornamentation
Richard Josef Neutra
Sarcophagus
Imhotep
Bouleuterion
U.S. / English Renaissance
Tussel House
Astylar
Jugendstijl
Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe
Liceo de Manila
Crenel
Balance
Eclecticism
Eero Saarinen

141/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Kaufman House
Juan Nakpil
Kenzo Tange
Felipe Mendoza
Palace of Persepolis
Saracenic Architecture
Echinus
S-tiles
Agora
Entasis
Baroque
Pagoda
Roman
Crepidoma
Amphi-Prostyle
Cenotaphs
Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos
Aljibe
Impluvium
Naos
Crypt
Bema
Console
Villa
Atrium House
Romanesque
Romanesque
Alvar Aalto
Tomas Mapua

142/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Forum
Welton Becket
Chartres Cathedral
176
Greek
Ziggurat
Acanthus
Arch
Triforium
Clerestory
Module
Tympanum
Arcade
Architrave
Entablature
Cornice, Frieze, Architrave
Octagonal
13
Tokonama
Square
Hagia Sophia
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
Nave
Ambulatory
Cantharus
Exedra
Baldachino

143/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Tabernacle
Niche
Minaret
Lacunaria
Bayon

Mudejar

Crocket
Abacus
Capital
Plinth
Chancel
Frigidarium
Barasoain Church
Seraglio
Ziggurat
Mnesicles
Harem
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus
Mortuary and Cult Temples
Mortuary Temple
Ziggurat
Pyramid
Cult Temple
Persian
Atlantes
Exedra

144/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Peripteral
Stylobate
Stereobate
Gymnasium
Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos
Pinacotheca
Prostyle
Intercolumniation
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Odeion
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
stadium
In Antis
Amphi-Antis
Gymnasium
Doric
Epidauros
Tuscan and Composite
Use of Concrete
Pantheon
Forum Romanum
Xerxes
Artaxerxes

145/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Callicrates and Ictinus


Phidias
Lacus
Salientes
Circus Maximus
Vespasian / Domitian
Mnesicles
Clepsydra
Treasury of Atreus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
18
4-horse Chariot
Cyma Reversa
Key Pattern
Sculptured Reliefs
House #33
Bird's Beak
Peribolus
Domus
Podium
Bepidales
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Basilica

Choragic Monument

146/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Choragic Monument

Fret
Termini
Opus Tesselatum
Callimachus
Thalamus
Timber-enframed Portal
Etruscans
Insula
Nymphaeum
Renaissance
Louis Sullivan
Iigo Jones
Hypostyle Hall
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Buckminster Fuller
Rock-Hewn Tombs
George Ramos
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Frigidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Forum
East
South
West

147/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cancelli
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Statues
Centralized
Anthemius and Isidorus
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Little Metropole Cath., Athens

Nea Moni

Lantern

Cloisters

Ornamental Arcades
Worms Cathedral
Cathedral
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Bernini
Dispensa
Falig
Minoru Yamasaki
Greek
Balteus
Roman
Agrippa
Prytaneion
Marcel Lajos Breuer

148/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Felix Outerino Candela


Hypotrachelion
Doric
Ionic
Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens
Tower of the Winds, Athens
Acanthus and Dolphin
Greek
Papyrus
Cult Temple
Balneum
Cella
Triglyph
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
Shah Jahan
Telamones or Atlantes
Herms
Terms
Madrassah
Moscow
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Eclecticism

149/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Neo-Classism
Parti
Felipe Mendoza
George Ramos
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Morong Church
Panay Capiz
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Azotea
Dapogan
Louis Sullivan
Antonio Gaudi
Walter Gropius
Louis Khan
Le corbusier
Robert Mailart
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
Adolf Loos
Frank Loyd Wright
EERo Saarinen
Kenzo tange
Marcus Vitruvius
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

150/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Robert Venturi
Lao Tse
SOM
Willian Van Allen
Buckminster Fuller
Jorn Utzon
Frank Loyd Wright
Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer
Walter Gropius
Erich Mendelson
Le corbusuier
Leandro Locsin
Francisco Bobby Manosa
CC. de cstro
Manuel manosa
IM pei
Eero Saarinen
Philip Jhonson
Antonio Gaudi
Joseph Paxton
Philip Jhonson
Maurice de Sully
Antonio Gaudi
Bruce Graham & SOM
Cass Gilbert
Frank Loyd Wright
Barma & Posnik
Le corbusuier

151/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Marcel Brever

Mies van de Rohe

Philip Jhonson

Le corbusuier

Louis Khan

152/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Perret Auguste

Frank Loyd Wright

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

153/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pier Luigi Nervi

Robert Charles Venturi

Kenzo Tange

Adolf Loos
Alvar Aalto
Auguste Perret
Antonio Gaudi
Benjamin Latrobe
Charles Rennie Macintiosh
Cesar Pelli

154/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Daniel Burnham
Daniel Libeskind
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
Felix Candela
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright
Frei Otto
Fumihiko Maki
Gustave Eiffel
Ieoh Ming Pei
Jorn Utzon
Joseph Paxton
Kenzo tange
Louis Sullivan
Louis Khan
Le corbusuier
Oscar Niemeyer
Mies van de Rohe
Michael graves
Moshe Safdie
Norman Foster
Philip Jhonson
Paul Rudolph
Philip Webb
Peter Eissenman
Pier Luigi Nervi
Renzo Piano
Richard Meier

155/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Reem Koolhaas
Robert Mailaart
Santiago Calatrava
Tadao Ando
Willian Van Allen
Wallace Harrison
Jacques Herzog and
Pierre de Meuron
Richard Rogers
Jean Nouvel
Eero Saarinen
DP Archts & Micheal Wilford
W.S. Atkins & partners
Lord Norman Robert Foster
SOM
Minoru Yamasaki
C.Y. lee & partners
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright
SOM
Cesar Pelli

IM pei
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
Bruce Graham
CESAR ANTONIO PELLI
IM pei
Shreve , Lamb & Harmon
IM pei

156/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jacques Germain Souflot


Sir Christopher Wren
John Wood
Robert de Cotte
Bruce Graham / SOM
Puente Colgante
Masonic Temple, Escolta
Crystal Arcade, Escolta
San Sebastian Church
Philippine Normal School
Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)
PSB Building (Picache Building)
Manila Hotel
Tomas Mapua
Carlos Barretto
Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)
Juan Arelleno
Roque Ruano
Pablo Antonio
Daniel Doane
Daniel Burnham
S. Rowland
Harold Keys
William Birt
1925
1930
1941
Rufino Tower
Chaco Building (Philtrust)

157/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Crystal Arcade (demolish)


Department of Health
Evangelista House
SM Megamall
VIP Building
Department of Finance
Department of Tourism
Leyte Capitol
Lyric Theatre (demolish)
Manila City Hall
Manila Hilton
Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)
Iglesia ni Cristo
Nuestra Seora de Guia
Our Lady of Lourdes Church
Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help)
Insular Life Building
Union Church
UP Melchor Hall
UP Palama Hall
World Trade Exchange
Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)
SM Makati
Ateneo de Manila University
Ateneo de Manila University
FEU Hospital
Mormon Temple
Ambassador Hotel
Manila Cathedral

158/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Philippine Women's University


Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)
Corregidor Island Landscaping
EDSA Shrine
Metrorail Stations (LRT)
Moonwalk Church
UE Chapel (Recto)
Metropolitan Museum
Glorietta
Greenbelt-3
Heritage Hotel
Manila Peninsula
Oakwood Towers
Prudential Bank Building
Bonifacio Monument
Manila Golden Mosque
Philippine Heart Center
Batasan Pambansa
Don Bosco Chapel
Meralco Building
Philippine Airlines Building
Sta. Catalina College
Sto. Domingo Church
Union Church (demolish)
Virra Mall
Court of Appeals
Metropolitan Theatre
National Museum / Legilative Building
Post Office Building

159/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sariaya Municipal Hall


SMS Building
Supreme Court
Tayabas Capitol
UP Villamor Hall
Capitan Pepe Building
Elena Apartments
Ever Theatre
Manila Jockey Club
Philippine Trust Building
Quezon City Hall
Quezon Institute
Quiapo Church
Rizal Theatre (demolish)
Rufino Building
San Carlos Seminary
San Lazaro ..
State Theatre
UP Administration Bldg
UP Library
Ayala Triangle Tower-1
CCP Theatre
Citibank Building
Cultural Center of the Philippines
Folk Art's Theatre
Hyatt Regency Hotel
Makati Stock Exhchange
Malacaang Palace
Mandarin Oriental Manila

160/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila International Airport


Philippine Stock Exchange
UP Chapel
Valle Verde Country Club
Makati Medical Center
San Miguel Corporation Center
La Fayette 1 & 2
Mehan Garden
National Bureau of Investigation
San Juan Municipal Hall
Bel-Air Apartment
Conception Theatre (demolish)
FEU Main Building
Forum Theatre
Galaxy Theatre
Ideal Theatre (demolish)
Manila Bulletin Building
Manila Polo Club
Forbes Tower
Rockwell Center
SM Centerpoint
SM Fairview
SM Southmall
Rizal Monument
College of St. Benilde
CEU Main Building
De La Salle University
Mapua Residence
PGH Nurse's Home

161/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun Breaker)


JAKA Tower
Robinson Tower /Building
Robinson's Galleria
Robinson's PCI Tower
Robinson's Place
SM Cebu
SM City EDSA
Tutuban Mall
Twin Towers
The World Center
World Trade Center
Army Navy Club
Manila Hotel
Normal School
PGH (Philippine General Hospital)
UP Manila
YMCA Arroceros
(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building
LKG Tower
Manila Peninsula
Prudential Bank Ayala
RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)
Ritz Towers
Pacific Plaza
Rufino Tower
Rufino Building
Shangrila Hotel Ayala
Ateneo Professional Schools Building

162/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Atrium
Greenbelt
Greenbelt 2
Greenbelt Chapel
Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)
Philamlife Tower
BA Lepanto
China Bank Building
Asian Institute of Management
Citibank Tower
Doa Narcisa De Leon Building
New World Hotel (Renaissance)
Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)
King's Court II
Makati Sports Club
PLDT Dela Rosa
Shangrila Grand Tower
RCBC Buendia
Metrobank Buendia
Pacific Star
The Columns Buendia
Development Bank of the Philippines
Le Metropole
St. Andrews Church
Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)
Coco Bank Makati
Don Bosco Chapel
Manila Polo Club
Colegio de San Agustin

163/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Galleria De Magallanes
Magallanes Church
1322 Roxas
Admiral Apartments
Cultural Center of the Philippines
CCP Theater
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-Air
Apartments
Department of Finance
Department of Foreign Affairs ADB
Metropolitan Museum
Coconut Palace
PICC
Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)
Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the Philippines
Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang Francisco Balagtas
GSIS Building CCP
National Arts Center
PHILCITE
Manila Hilton
Fort San Antonio De Abad
Nuestra Seora de Guia
Magsaysay Center
Central Bank of the Philippines
Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)
Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)
Hyatt Regency Hotel
Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)
Manila Hotel
Monterey Apartment

164/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila Midtown Hotel


Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help
Church)
Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)
Philippine Airlines Bldg
Galaxy Theater
Ideal Theater
Picache Building
Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)
Quiapo Church
PNB Escolta
Avenue Theater
Casino Espaol
Instituto Cervantes
Ambassador Hotel
Arguelles Building
Paterno Building Sta. Cruz
Army Navy Club
Assumption Convent
Capitol Theater
Ever Theater
Galaxy Theater
Lyric Theater
Ideal Theater
GSIS Building
Perez- Samanillo Building
Petrona Apartments
Captain Luis Gonzaga Building
Captain Pepe Building
Cebe Plaza Building

165/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Metropolitan Museum
Metropolitan Theater
Mehan Garden
Museo ng Maynila
Manila City Hall
National Library
Post Office Building
Planetarium
National Museum (Old Legislative Building)
Crystal Arcade
Regina Building
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine Normal
University
De La Salle University
Nurses Home (PGH)
PGH
National Burieau of Investigation
Manila Astral Tower
Department of Tourism (agriculture and commerce)
Manila Doctors Hospital
Philam Life UN Ave.
Ramon Roces Publications Building
FEU Building
FEU Hospital
PLDT Espaa
Gota De Leche
Far East Bank Intramuros
Manila Cathedral
Manila Highschool
Palacio del Gobernador

166/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

National Press Club


San Agustin Church
Phoenix Building
Philippine Columbian Clubhouse
Manila Railroad Station Tutuban
Ali Mall
Araneta Coliseum
Ateneo De Manila University
Batasan Pambansa
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering and
Architecture)
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)
Quezon Hall (UP Admin)
Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)
Bonifacio Monument
Central Bank of the Philippines
Philippine Heart Center
Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod ng
Kabataan Hospital
Philam Homes QC
Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth
Quezon City Sports Club
Quezon Institute
Quezon Memorial
Alexandra Condominium
Asian Development Bank
One Corporate Center
Tiendesita's
Robinson's Galleria
Benguet Center
Renaissance 1000

167/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Renaissance 2000
Development Academy of the Philippnes
One San Miguel
San Miguel Building
Discovery Suites
Our Lady of Lourdes Church
Tektite Towers
JMT Tower
SM Megamall
EDSA Plaza Hotel
EDSA Shrine
GT Tower
Wack-Wack Twin Towers
Medical City Hospital
Meralco Building
Loyola Memorial Chapel
Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)
Mormon Temple
Club Filipino
One Beverly Place
White Cross Orphanage also White Cross
Preventarium
Bellagio 1 and 2
Essensa Tower
Serendra
Alabang Golf and Country Club
Alabang 400
Insular Life Alabang
Las Pias Church Restoration
Mary Immculate Parish Church

168/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Assumption College Antipolo


Corregidor Island
Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light)
Maya-Maya Resort
Pearl Farm
Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol
Valley Golf Club

Imhotep

Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias


Mnesicles
Polykleitos
Acrippa
Apollodorus of Damascus
Vespacian and Domitian
James Hoban
Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
John Russel Pope
Robert Mills
Thomas Jefferson
Charles Bulfinch
James Renwick
Richard Upjohn
Thomas Jefferson
Pierre L'enfant
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright

169/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Frank Lloyd Wright


Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Joseph Strauss
Peirre Lescot

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne


Domencio de Cortona

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano


Maurice de Sully
Charles Garnier
Claude Mollet

Napoleon I

Gustave Eiffel
Le Corbusier
Le Corbusier
Gottfried Semper with Karl Von Hasenaver
Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf
Balthazar Neumann
Erich Mendelsohn

170/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sir Robert Smirke

Inigo Jones
William Chambers
Sir Christopher Wren
Lord Burlington
Sir Charles Barry
Charles Rennie Mackintosh

Sir George Goring

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Emperor Shah Jahan
Antonio Estavillo

Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios
Juan Macias

171/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Fray Marcos Anton

Fray Juan de Albarran


Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
HOK
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
Arquitectonica
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Cesar Pelli & Associates
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Shreve Lamb & Harmon
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and Associates
I.M. Pei & Partners
NORR Group Consultants

Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee


Edward D. Stone &
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
K.Y. Cheung Design
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
Tom Wright of WS Atkins
Plan Architect Co.
William Van Allen
Johnson/Burgee Architects

172/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners


Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Peter Ellis, SOM
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

173/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Tomas Mapua

174/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

175/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson
Arcadio Arellano

Pablo Antonio

176/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Gabriel Formoso (GF)

Antonio Herrera
Fr. Roque Roano
Rufino Antonio

Jose Ma. Zaragosa

Carlos Santos Viola

Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design Awardee


for Architecture)

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Manosa

177/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Francisco Manosa

Antonio Sidiong

Rogelio Villarosa

Luis Araneta

Ruperto Gaite

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto
Alfredo Luz
William Coscolluela

Jorge Ramos

Jose Zaragosa
Fernando Ocampo

178/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ, SIMBULAN &


PATNERS
LOCSIN & PARTNERS
RECIO + CASAS
GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS
SOM
Palafox
Recto
PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS
ROMAN Dalinao
Joseph Ruiz
Fr. Diego cera

Salazar
Comporedando & Gonzales
dela Madre

restored by Nakpil & zaragosa


Macias
Minoro Yamasaki

Hezagon Architects

PRC Awardee 1996

179/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

180/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

181/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

182/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9

10

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying


space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal
outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be
available for inspection during the progress of work and _______
years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the
inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)
The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars
(NSCP 407.30)
The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars
(NSCP 407.30)
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must
be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,
clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than?
(NSCP 407.7.3)
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary
flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times
wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

11

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as


one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP
407.7.6.1)

12

Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:


(NSCP 407.7.6.3)

13

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of


flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least
____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

14

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed


to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:
(NSCP 407.8.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported
at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

15
16
17
18
19
20
21

The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)

22

Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear


span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of
non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)

23
24

183/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
25
26
27
28
29
30

Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less


than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or
eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit
lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of
________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and
warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%
slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)

31

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the


excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building
not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP
302.2.4)

32

Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than


____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)

33
34
35

In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not


embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly
compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?
(NSCP 305.7.3)

36

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column


not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate
strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

37

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on


soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover
shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

38

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon


wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface,
provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

39

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates


or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

40

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates


or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

41

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to


seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be
capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal
force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)

42

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be
_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive
strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

43
44
45

184/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
46
47
48
49

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength


Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast
concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified
compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?
(NSCP 307.6.3)

50

Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

51

Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to


what type of occupancy?
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of
occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or
explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
dead load and live load only.
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least
_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least
______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

52
53
54
55
56
57
58

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane
load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel
load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine
the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

59

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically


powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the
rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.
(NSCP 206.9.4)

60

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge


cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the
max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)

61

This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of


frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally
displaced building frame.
A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the
storey above is considered as __________.

62
63

Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are


necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified
as ___________.

64

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral


forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing
system.

65

This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral


forces of a building.

66

Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily


be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will
provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and
produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very
little vibration

67

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved


after the completion of the project for at least _________.

185/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
68

What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?

69

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with


aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air
pressure of lining tunnels.
If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no
longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its
__________.
A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden
and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses
applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.

70
71

72

The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression


assumes a deflected position.

73

It is a point within the structure at which a member


(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment
in the member at that point.

74

It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the


other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.

75

15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition


locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in
addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to

76

The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of


a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.

77

The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform


thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,
with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in
the head and the body.

78

A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed


compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding
effects of the flowing water.

79

A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses
are small compared to
their other dimensions.

80

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or


other horizontal forces on a building.

81

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or


other horizontal forces on a building.

82

This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads


on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists,
one on top of other, at right angles.

83

Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to


reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common
methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction

84

A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to


collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer
pipe.

85

It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges


in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the
ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry
imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake
particularly when water table saturates this layer.

86
87

88

It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or


window to carry the wall over opening.

186/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
89

For any given granular material, the steepest angle with


horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that
will not slide.

90

An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%


open. (NSCP 207)

91

Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean


roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is
equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal
to?
The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy
structures is equal to?
The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is
equal to?

92
93
94
95
96

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure
category for wind
loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

97

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than


9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water
for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for
wind loading?

98

99

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with


numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family
dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

100

Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

101

Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

102

Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

103

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual


strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc by more than
_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

104

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed


_______times the least width b of compression flange or face.
(NSCP 410.5.10)

105

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it


shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to
_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is
being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)

106

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the


slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?
(NSCP 502.8.1)

107

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the


slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area
of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.
Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress
shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)

108
109
110

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the
pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than
_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

187/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
111

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to


provide for relative movement between connected parts while under
full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than
______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)

112

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent


welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section
shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)

113

The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not
exceed ________.

114
115

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members


with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to
web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

116

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non
compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable
bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

117

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be


spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

118

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the


transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the
concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.

119

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral


concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

120

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along


the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

121

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along


the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

122

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag


bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn
of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

123

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in


trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less
than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a
smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)

124

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the


spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting
beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

125

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater
than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

126

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over
12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

127

188/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
128

129

A property of a material that enables it to undergo


plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a
desirable property of structural material since plastic
material since plastic behavior is an indicator of
reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of
impending failure.
In structural design ________________is considered
as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.

130

It is an external shear force at a cross section of a


beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to
the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of
the section.

131

The structural term which critical point at which a


column carrying its critical buckling load, may either
buckle or remain undeflected. The column is
therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.

132

In concrete protection for reinforcement


___________mm is the standard minimum thickness
for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.

133

An instrument for measuring minute deformation in


a test specimen caused by tension, compression,
bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.

134

For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum


allowable stress (Fb) for bending is.

135

It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened


to develop greater moment resistance.
The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping
its length in response to the moment and shear
values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.

136
What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?

137

They maybe categorized as building or non building.


It is an assembleage designed to support gravity
loads and resist lateral forces.

138

It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to


conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the
ground. It is another term for down spout,

139

140

The area where water is pumped from within to


permit free access to the area. A temporary
watertight enclosure around an area of water or
water bearing soil, in which construction is to take
place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the
foundation level of new construction.
A membrane structure that is placed in tension and
stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.

189/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
141

A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a


wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks,
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.

142

A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed


between compression members to directly support
applied loads.

143

One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of


web plate to solidify it against buckling.

144

Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid


connection between two broader, parallel parts, as
the flanges of the structural shape.

145

A high tension bolt having splined and twists off


when required torque has been reached.

146

The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic


motion of an elastic body or medium when forced
from a position or state of equilibrium.
Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind and support wall
cladding
materials.
A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length.

147
148
149

Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the wind load acting on
the
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.
150

Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically a region bounded by
a
closed curve.

151

The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic deformation, causing it to
deform
permanently.

152

In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a structural element
subjected to an
external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.

153

Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are
frequently used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.

154

A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant throughout the
structure's
life.

155

156
157

Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural design by
determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of an element.
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral
forces: (NCSP 208.1)

190/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
158

A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall

159

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the
concrete shall
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

160

Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is (

161

In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a structural member subjected
to high
compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less than the ultimate
compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure is also described as
failure due
to elastic instability.

162

What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so as to remain
parallel?

163

periodic reversal of stresses

164

elongation of material subject to axial force

165

deformation that accompanies bending of a beam

166

A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as?

167

concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according


to code requirements, because of its slenderness

168

projected beyond it supports

169
170

state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced


What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is no tension nor
compression and where no deformation takes place?

171

Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called?

172

bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero

173

the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body

174

unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in


the load
tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to
an adjacent part
in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted
under working loads by codes and specifications

175
176
177

It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis.

178

state of rest or motion

179

ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding


displacement

180

181

It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast usually at ground level
and then raised into position by jacking.
concrete floor system which has no beam

191/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20)

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP
208.20)

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than (NSCP
307.7.3)

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection during the progress of
work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or
architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars (NSCP 407.30)

The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars (NSCP 407.30)

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall
not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced
farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

10

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one
bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)

11

Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3)

12

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different
points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

13

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)

14

The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1)

15

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)

16

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)

17

The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

18

The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

19

The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

192/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
20

The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)

21

Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)

22

Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)

23

Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member shall not exceed:
(NSCP 411.6.4.1)

24

Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)

25

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral
forces: (NCSP 208.1)

26

Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:

27

Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:

28

In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be applicable
for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)

29

The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)

30

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of
the adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)

31

Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)

32

The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)

33

The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)

34

In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be
thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)

35

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the
concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

36

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be completely embedded in
concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

37

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon
the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

38

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in
zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

39

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in
zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

40

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by
ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal force equal to
_____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)

193/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

41

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground
surface. (NSCP 306.20)

42

Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground
surface. (NSCP 306.20)

43

The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average diameter of the pile.
(NSCP 307.2.1

44

Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP
307.2.1)

45

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP
304.7.1)

46

The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)

47

Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of not less than
____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)

48

The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3)

49

Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

50

Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy?

51
52

Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of
occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or substances fall to what
type of category?

53

The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)

54

The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only. (NSCP 104.2.2)

55

Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)

56

Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the overturning moment.
(NSCP 206.6)

57

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are
considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine the induced
vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

58

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of
the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

59

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges shall be
calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5

60

An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207)

61

Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP
207.20)

62

The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50)

63

The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to?

194/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
64

The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to?

65

The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to?

66

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure
category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

67

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure category for
wind loading?

68

Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what
exposure category for wind loading?

69

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having
the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

70

Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

71

Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

72

Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

73

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below
fc by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

74

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b of compression
flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)

75

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration
equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP
410.12.20

76

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not
exceed ________?

77

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed
_________.

78

For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin connected members is
_________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)

79

Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed _______ on the gross area.
(NSCP 504.2.1)

80

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall
not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

81

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement between connected
parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm greater than the
diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)

82

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact
for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)

195/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
83

The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)

84

The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________.

85

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections where the flanges
continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

86

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section requirements of section 502.6,
the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

87

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than ______mm on centers.
(NSCP 507.5.3)

88

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite section shall be used in
calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without temporary shores, this stress
shall be based upon loading applied after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength

89

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

90

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite
beam is ____________.

91

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite
beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)

92

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be designed to support
not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

93

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the force due to the
design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a smaller percentage
is justified by engineering analysis that considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)

94

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear connector along the
length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

95

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

96

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

97

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP
510.3.3.2)

98

This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members induced by vertical loads
acting on laterally displaced building frame.

196/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
99

A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is considered as __________.

100

Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake
operations, are classified as ___________.

101

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting system
including the horizontal bracing system.

102

This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building.

103

Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What type of admixture in
concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing
concrete that does not segregate and needs very little vibration

104

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of the project for at least

105

What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?

106

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed
under high air pressure of lining tunnels

107

If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it
has reached its __________.

108

A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to
reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.

109
110
111

112

113
114

115

??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance d apart), of the same magnitude but ???
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected position.
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending
moment in the member at that point.
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting beyond a fixed
support.
Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to change shall be
designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road slab caused by the
presence of water.
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged loop or head of greater
width than the body, with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in the head and the
body.

197/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

116

A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the banks or bed of a
river from the eroding effects of the flowing water.

117

A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses
are small compared to their other dimensions.

118

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building.

119

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building

120

This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting usually of two layers
of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles.

121

Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not
move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction

122

A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid
to the sewer pipe.

123

124
125
126
127
128
129
130

An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a stationary point during
an earthquake
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as
earthquake particularly when water table saturates this layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall over opening.
For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal
condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans, functions essentially as a
cantilever beam.
1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis, having a unitary character
and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.
A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal vertical supports of a
structure.
Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism that acts in one
direction only.

131

Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural assembly, element, or
joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it was designed.

132

A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a bearing member, as a
beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.

133

A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole.

134

The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area.

135
136
137

A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist uplifting and horizontal
forces.
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to permit them to move in
one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular into or away from its
face.

198/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
138

A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth.

139

A wall supporting no load other than its own weight.

140

A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed water.

141

A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building.

142

Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall.

143

A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening.

144

A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from and securely tied to a
spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.

145

A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or retaining structure.

146

Yard lumber 5 or more in the least dimension.

147

Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension lumber, and timber.

148

A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer.

149

The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece.

150

A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members with bolts, lag
screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the individual pieces if none of the
laminations are spliced.

151

A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into rigid sheets.

152

A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an intermediate point of
the opposite top chord.

153

Yard lumber less than 2 thick and 2 or more wide.

154

A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane.

155

A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear members subject
only to axial tension or compression.

156

A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory movement in each can
occur independently of the other.

157

The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied load, to developed
internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.

158

A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the cable.

159

Yard lumber from 2 4 thick and 2 or more wide.

199/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
160

The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a reinforce slab.

161

A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars.

162

Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal reinforcement of a concrete
beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.

163

The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss.

164

An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other member subject to
bending, along which no bending stress occur.

165

The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under transverse loading,
increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in the moment of inertia of the section or the
modulus of elasticity of the material.

166

The extent of space between two supports of a structure.

167

A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end.

168

The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a slender portion
insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.

169

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments present in a structure for
given set of transverse loads and support conditions.

170

A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no moment resistance.

171

A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as it deflects under a
transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point of zero moment.

172

A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate for an anticipated
deflection.

173

The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span.

174

A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space supporting elements.

175

An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a building support or
standing alone as a monument.

176

The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface of the ground,
designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load directly to the earth.

177

A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered vertically into the earth to
form part of a foundation system.

178

The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline and enlarged to
distribute its load over a greater area.

179

A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping site or bearing stratum.

200/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

180

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in a structure for a
given set of transverse load and support conditions

181

A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an entire building.

182

The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to the quotient of the
magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.

183

The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a sustained load and an
increase in compressive stress.

184

A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load pile cap or spread
footing to other pile caps or footings.

185

A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads to a more
appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.

186

One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and water.

187

A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element.

188

The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake.

189

A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element.

190

A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the load from a column or
grade beam equally among piles.

191

The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation.

192

A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating rapidly in magnitude or
position.

193

A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the superstructure.

194

An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body.

195

The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and opposite torques,
producing shearing stresses in the body.

196

The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to bear without rupturing or
fracturing.

197

Length required for 180 deg Hook.

198

Curing temperature for concrete.

199

Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building?

200

Minimum effective depth of pile cap?

201

Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap?

202

The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column?

203

Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere.

201/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
204

Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil.

205

Length required for 90 deg hook.

206

ACI code: Minimum column dimension.

207

Induce cracking at preselected location.

208
209
210
211

The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a concurrent increase in
stress.
A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture expansion to occur without
damage to either part.
The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when stressed beyond its ultimate
strength.
The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size or volume of an elastic
body.

212

Length required for 135 deg hook

213

The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force.

214

Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls, and machinery bases.

215

The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of longitudinal stress
required to rupture the material.

216

The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the collinear compressive forces
tending to shorten it.

217

The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when exposed to the effects of
sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.

218

A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to provide lateral stability
across the joint.

219

The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress.

220

An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in response to a shear force.

221

A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete.

222

A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical and spiral
reinforcement.

223

Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete beam or slab
subjected to a negative movement.

224

The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of the tension
reinforcement.

225

A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield strength before the concrete
in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain.

226

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs

227

Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the

228

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any
failure on the structure due to overloading

202/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
229

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of
the same load

230

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced

231

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected

232

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied. Perpendicular to said
wall

233

Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said
wall

234

Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit

235

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure of the level at which
the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported

236

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of
the lateral force resisting system

237

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements it
includes horizontal bracing system

238

The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure

239

An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm

240

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces

241

A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads

242

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced
Frame

243

The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the
column girder joint

244

The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members

245

The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam


-the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system

246

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to
vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or
compression

247

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to
the flanges of a beam

248

Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations

249

That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces

250

Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile behavior

251

The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below

203/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
252

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in
this document

253

The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system

254

Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm

255

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces

256

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provides support for
gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

257

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to
lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

258

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moments
resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

259

Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above

260

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a
ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained
through numerical integration of its equations of motions.

261

The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of
resistance under consideration

262

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the
laterally displaced building frame

263

Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to
concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties

264

Concrete that doesnt not conform to definition of reinforced concrete

265

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less
than three (3 m)

266

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of
material
-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___

267

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons

268

Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section

269

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and
superimposed loads

204/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

270

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical
section

271

Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile

272

Concrete containing lightweight aggregate

273

Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting

274

ASTM A36

275

True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams

276

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcement

277

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse strain to the
corresponding longitudinal strain

278

In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration

279

A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line

280

A type of concrete floor which has no beam

281

The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part

282

A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force

283

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure

284

It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress


-Intensity of force per unit area

285

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon
the complete release of stress

286

Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement

287

The measure of stiffness of a material

288

The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it

289

The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it

290

Nominal thickness of a timber

291

The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero

292

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made
available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the project for a period of
not less than ___

293

Wood board should have a thickness specification

205/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
294

The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight

295

A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood

296

Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___

297

Dressed lumber is referred to ___

298

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all

299

The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw

300

The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks

301

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them

302

The total of all tread widths in a stair

303

The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces

304

A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter

305

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear
between elements

306

The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear

307

The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain

308

Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain
loading is equal to ___

309

According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded edge distance for
perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least

310

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times
bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2

311

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP
specifications

312

Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___

313

Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a
required penetration of not less than __

314

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed

315

Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the

316

Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed

317

Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area

318

Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area

319

Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area

206/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
320

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear

321

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to
provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be

322

The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___

323

The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___

324

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or
weather

325
326

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or
weather
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for
at least the first ___ days after placement

327

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and
shall be tested dry.

328

Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the
___days after placement

329

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___

330

Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean

331

Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller

332

Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar

333

Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm

334

Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement

335

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points
with a stagger of at least

336

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands

337

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than ___ for wire

338

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed earth or
weather using bars larger than 36 mm

339
340
341
342
343
344

Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing


a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching
a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane
bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.
an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile
strength.

207/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

345
346
347
348
349
350

in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to receive splines or
supporting members of the ceiling suspension system
a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side
a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite
the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot metal through an orifice
in a die by means of a pressure ram
a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium
is the action of one body upon another

351

is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the same effect as the force
system

352

states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the point of application of the
force but the same for all points along its line of action

353
354
355
356
357
358

359

is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related bodies
a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being considered
is acting parallel to member axis
in uniform for homogenous sections
tends to elongate the body
tends to shorten the body
is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by frictionless pin at the joints
and arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into
geometric figures which are usually triangles.

360

are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to shear and flexure, they
usually carry load directly from the floor.

361

is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved completely using the
equation of static equilibrium

362

a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below
and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step

363
364
365
366

a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil.
a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which carries joist flush with the
upper edge of the beam
a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in frame construction

208/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392

a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting the second floor joists
the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam
allowable sag (NSCP)
that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls
a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge
large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams
spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls
circular beam that transmits power to the machinery
it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure
large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes
is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement and water.
is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the tensile strength lacking in
concrete
height is less than three times the least dimension
strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
failure is initiated by material failure
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame
a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for gravity loads
the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or concrete
the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured

209/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407

408

409

a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete


the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load
a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering and
brizing.
the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part
any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force
the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material can sustain without
failure
a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting over public property
is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced in the elements by the
allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified allowable stress (also called working stress
design)
is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued
is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit
state is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate load combinations
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces produced in the elements by
the factored load combinations do not exceed the factored element strength
the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures

410

is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of work, artificially built up
or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner

411

is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural engineering as recognized
by the board of civil engineering of the professional regulation commission

412

is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to incorporating in the
building

413
414
415
416

in-place solid rock


is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
is the densification of fill by mechanical means

210/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
417
418
419
420
421

422

423

424
425

is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof


is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or ice
is the mechanical removal of earth material
is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means
is the vertical location of the ground surface
is the grade prior to grading
the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins
also called natural grade
final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan
the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of construction or grading
operations
the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof

426

is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical distance to horizontal
distance

427

is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the toes of a proposed fill
slope

428
429

430

431

432
433
434

is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock


is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes

is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor space for the installation
of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or to serve as an air supply or return air plenum

is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as
deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting
transportation
is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building
is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure with no additional
independent supports
consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building or other structure

435

is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining structure and/or posts,
piers, or other independent supports

436

are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme
environmental loading from wind or earthquakes

437

is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or combustible liquids or gas in its
tank is stored, repaired or kept

211/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

438

is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor vehicles used by the
tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and stored

439

is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful for its intended
function or to be unsafe

440
441

442

443

a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its intended function
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not include dead load,
construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load or flood
load
forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants and their possessions,
environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained dimensional changes

444

is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It may be of
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.

445

a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden joist.

446

load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load excluding
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.

447

a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light alloys have
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.

448

total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to thealgebraic sum of
all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is
called M for short. Every bending moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units
are pound-inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.

449

gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of concretes,asphalts or
roads including macadam.

212/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

450

in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small quantity,normally
less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of
the concrete made in North America, Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more
than half contains air-entraining agent. Other admixtures are
accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti-freeze,corrosion
inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers, coloring (pigments),damp-proofing,
expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement
needed to such an extent that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this
saving probably never occurs with very lean concretes.

451

an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete. Calciumchloride (CaCI2)
was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it is now banned inthe UK except in
unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals
including formats, nitrates and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash
set for quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.

452

an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to formwork so thatwhen it is
stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it can be removed by light brushing.

453

making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill.

454

piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members of a truss.

455

When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail by punching shear.
Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the foot of the column so that the shear
stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress
in concrete.

456

for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per unit length).

457

the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly increasing load

458

the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the elastic limit is also
the limit of proportionality.

459

the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water content at which a soil
can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.

460

the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking of the midspan of a
beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed 1/325 of the span.

461

the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any other symmetrical
load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply supported beam, or to the total load on a
cantilever beam.

213/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

462

the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed in psi, now in N/mm2,
MPa, etc.

463

a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being expressed as a ratio, the
increase or decrease divided by the original length.

464

a core wall.

465

test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed, and then carefully
inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the concrete cone drops below the top of the
mold is measured and is called the slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time
and in the same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise most
useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20 mm.

466

a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any point in a beam is found
by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed
concrete.

467

a post carrying compressive force.

468

the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it cannot rotate, so that it
has a fixed end.

469

in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature shrinkages (of concrete
or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable places. Since all materials containing cement'
shrink appreciably on drying, contraction joints are needed in every long structure.

470

a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire.

471

the US term for ground beam

472

concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them. The wires are
anchored either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the ground. After hardening, the
concrete is released from the mold and the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger
loss of pre-stress than with post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may produce
better concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the pre-casting of pretensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m,
and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying
about 30% of the cross-section.

473

concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and partlymatured on the
site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a structure. Where many of the same unit are
required, pre-casting may be more economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce
shrinkage of the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.

214/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

474

either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake shocks. An early
seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to
show the direction of the shock.

475

the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the metal.

476

ACI term for grip length.

477

the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it.

478

gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in metals as
hightemperature creep.

479

the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration,

480

the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027 kg-m/cm3, rubber
about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.

481

the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by pulling in cold
drawing.

482

the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material.

483

the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam, calculated onthe assumptions
that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances from the neutral axis.

484

A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile.

485

a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical.

486

a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or other dams, or
simple walls.

487

the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material.

488

a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles.

489

a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling.

490

a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over.

491

a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical.

492

for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding strain in all
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.

493

The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the following factors.

494

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs.

495

Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___.

215/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

496

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any
failure on the structure due to overloading.

497

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of
the same load.

498

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced.

499

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected.

500

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said
wall.

501

Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said
wall.

502

Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit.

503

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure or the level at which
the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

504

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of
the lateral force resisting system.

505

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements, it
includes horizontal bracing system.

506

The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure.

507

An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm.

508

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces.

509

An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads.

510

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced
Frames.

511

That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the
column girder joint.

512

The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members.

513

The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam.

216/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

514

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to
vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or
compression.

515

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to
the flanges of a beam

516

Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations.

517

That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.

518

Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile

519

The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below.

520

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in
this document.

521

The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system.

522

Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.

523

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces.

524

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provide support for
gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

525

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to
lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

526

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moment
resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

527

Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above.

528

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a
ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained
through numerical integration of its equations of motions.

529

The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction
of resistance under consideration.

530

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the
laterally displaced building frame.

531

Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of concrete and added to
concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.

217/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

532

Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete.

533

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less
than three.

534

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of
material.

535

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons.

536

Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section.

537

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and
superimposed loads.

538

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical
section.

539

Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile.

540

Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.

541

prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting.

542

ASTM A36

543

High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding.

544

True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams.

545

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcements.

546

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse strain to the
corresponding longitudinal strain.

547

In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration.

548

A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line.

549

A type of concrete floor which has no beam.

218/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

550

The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part.

551

A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force.

552

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure.

553

It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'.

554

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon
the complete release of stress.

555

Intensity of force per unit area.

556

Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement.

557

The measure of stiffness of a material.

558

The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it.

559

The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it.

560

Nominal thickness of of a timber.

561

The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero.

562

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made
available for inspection during the progress of completion of the project for a period of not less than.
construction and after

563

Wood board should have a thickness specification of.

564

The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight.

565

A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood.

566

The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system.

567

Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___.

219/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

568

Dressed lumber is referred to ___.

569

The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw.

570

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all.

571

The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks.

572

The amount of space measured in cubic units.

573

In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___.

574

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them.

575

the total of all tread widths in a stair.

576

The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces.

577

A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter.

578

Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

579

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear
between elements.

580

The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.

581

Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

582

The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains

583

Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain
loading is equal to ___.

584

According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the lodaed edge distance for
perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.

585

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times
bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.

220/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

586

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP
specifications.

587

Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___.

588

Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a
required penetration of not less than ___.

589

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed.

590

Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___.

591

Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___.

592

Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.

593

Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area.

594

Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area.

595

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear.

596

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to
provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be.

597

The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___.

598

The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___.

599

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or
weather.

600

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or
weather.

601

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10C and in moist condition for
at least the first ___ days after placement.

602

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and
shall be tested dry.

603

Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10C and in moist condition for at least the
___ days after palcement.

221/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

604

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___.

605

Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.

606

Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.

607

Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.

608

Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm

609

Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement.

610

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall teminate at different points
with a stagger of at least ___.

611

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands.

612

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for wire.

613

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed to earth or
weather using bars larger than 36mm.

614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626

222/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655

223/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
656
657

224/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Bearing wall system


Rigid component
Flexible component
200 mm

2 years

6 db
8 db
25mm
1.50 db

450 mm

4
36 mm
40 db
75 mm
20 mm
0.90'
0.85'
L / 20
L / 24
L / 28
L / 10
0.40'
0.75'
d/2

225/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

300 mm
Braced Frame
Diaphragm
Moment resisting frame
25%
50%

10 days

50%
0.60m
6.00 m

200 mm

15 mpa

150 mm

50 kpa

12 mm

16 mm

10%

1.50m
3,0 m
30 times
17.50 mpa

226/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

20 mpa
75 mm
35 mpa
250 mm
Essential facilities
Miscellaneous occupancy
Special occupancy
Hazardous facility
L / 360
L / 240
2 times
1. 5 times

25%

20%

10%

P-delta effect
Weak Storey
Essential Facilities

Diaphragm
Braced Frame

Plasticizer

2 years

227/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

7850 Kg
Shotcrete
Limit state
Metal Fatigue
Buckling load
Hinge
Semi-continuous beam
1000 pa
Uplift pressure

Eyebar

Riprap

Thin shell
Overturning moment
Sway brace
Grillage foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump pit
Gerber beam
Seismometer
Liquefaction
Lintel beam

228/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Angle of repose
80%
18 m
1.15
1,15
1
0.87
Exposure A
Exposure C
Exposure D

Exposure B
250
200
125
3.50 mpa

50 times

0.30

200
300
0.45 fy
0.60 fy
2/3.

229/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

0.80mm

600 mm.
140 mm
200 mm
.66 fy

.60 fy
300 mm

75%

25 mm
6 d of connector
8 d of connector

26.70 kn

50%

900 mm

8mm
3mm
6mm

230/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

ductility

one way slab

transverse shear

bifurcation

20mm

stain gauge
24 ksi

haunch

Program Evaluation Review


Technique-Critical
Path Method

structure

rainwater leader

coffer dam

net structure

231/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

castellated beam

suspension structure
stiffener
web
tension control bolt
Vibration
Girt
Struts

Mullion

Area

Yield strength

Bending

Monument

Dead Load

Shear and bending moment


diagram
75mm
Braced frame

232/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Shear
15 mpa
Class "A"

Buckling

Shear
fatigue
strain
deflection
eccentrically loaded
long column
cantilevered
equillibrium
neutral axis
ultimate strength
maximum moment
Torque
yield point
vertical shear
working stress
moment
inertia
stiffness
lift slab
flatslab

233/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Bearing wall system

Rigid component
Flexible Component
200 mm

2 years

6 db
8 db

1.50 db

450 mm

4 pcs

36mm

40 db
75 mm
20 mm
0.9
0.85
L / 20
L / 24
L / 28

234/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

L / 10
0.4
0.75
d/2
300 mm
Braced Frame
Diaphragm
Moment Resisting Frame
25%
50%

10 days

50%
.60 m
6 m.
200 mm
15 mpa

150 mm

50 kpa

12 mm

16 mm

10%

235/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

1.50 m.

3.0 m
30 times
17.50 mpa
20 mpa
75 mm
35 mpa
250 mm
Essential facilities
Misc. Occupancy
Special Occupancy
Hazardous Facility
L / 360
L / 240
2 times
1.5 times

25%

20%

10%
80%
18 m
1.15
1.15

236/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

1
0.87
Exposure A

Exposure C

Exposure D

Exposure B
250 kph
200 kph
125 kph
3.50 mpa
50 times

0.3

200

300

.45 fy

0.60 fy

2/3

0.80mm

600 mm

237/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

140 mm
200 mm

.66 fy

.60 fy

300 mm

75%

25 mm

6 dia. Of connector

8 dia. Of connector

26.7

50

900

8 mm

3 mm

6 mm

P- Delta Effect

238/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Weak Storey

Essential facilities

Diaphragm

Braced Frame

Plasticizer

2 years
7850 kg.

Shotcrete

Limit State

Metal Fatigue

Couple
Buckling Load
Hinge

Semi-Continous Beam

1000 pa
Uplift Pressure

Eyebar

239/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Riparap

Thin Shell
Overturning Moment
Sway Brace
Grillage Foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump Pit
Seismometer

Liquefaction
Lintel Beam
Angle of Repose
Gerber Beam
Structural member
Bay
One way
Structural failure

Bearing
Primary Member
Tributary Load
Anchorage
Pin
Roller Support

240/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Retaining Wall
Non bearing Wall
Coping
Basement Wall
Interior Wall
Lintel

Cantilever wall

Gabion
Timbers
Yard Lumber
Split
Wane

Built up Beam

Fiber board

Scissors Truss
Boards
Gusset
Truss

Seismic Joint

Stability

Cable Support
Dimension Lumber

241/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Punching Shear
Welded Splice
Stirrup

Web

Neutral axis

Deflection

Span
Cantilever Beam
Lateral Buckling

Moment Diagram

Simple Beam

Inflection Point
Camber
Effective Span
Beam
Pillar
Foundation

Pile

Footing
Stepped Footing

242/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Shear Diagram
Mat
Soil Pressure

Consolidation

Tie Beam

Deep Foundation
Stilt
Distributed Load
Earthquake Load
Concentrated Load
Pile Cap
Torque
Static Load
Foundation Wall
Shear Force
Torsion

Ultimate Strength
4d
22.8 deg. C
Soil Mechanics
300 mm
100 mm
16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least dim. Of
a column

40 mm

243/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

70 mm
12 d
200 mm
Control Joints
Yield Point
Expansion Joint
Fracture
Compression
6d
Strain
Isolation Joints
Tensile Strength
Compressive Stress
Weatherability
Construction Joint
Tensile Strain
Shearing Force
Tendons
Composite Column
Top Bar
Effective Depth
Under reinforced Section

14
Owner

Occupant of the Building

244/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Load Duration
14 sq.m.
1.50m
1/240 wall span
1/120 wall span
60 m2
Base

Collector

Diaphragm
Base Shear
Boundary Element
Brace Frame
Building Frame System
Dual System
Eccentric Brace Frame
Joints
Girder

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord
Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
system
Ord. Moment Resisting Space
Frame
Story Drift

245/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Strength
Platform
Horizontal Bracing System
Structure

Bearing wall system

Building Frame System

Moment resisting Frame


system
Weak Storey

Time History analysis

Orthogonal Effect

p-Delta effect

Admixture

plain concrete
Pedestal

Modulus of Elasticity

Jacking Force

Embedment Length

Effective Prestress

246/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Development Length

Curvature Friction
Structural Lightweight
concrete
Bonded Tendon
Structural Steel
1
40 mm
Poisson Ratio
Slenderness Ratio
Torsion
Flat Slab
Shear
Deformation
Yielding Stress
Stress

Allowable Stress
Stirrup / Tie
Stiffness Ratio
Punching Shear
Deflection
6 inches
Equillibrium

2 years

not less than 1"x4"

247/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Run
Portable Hand Router
Knots
Smooth & Planed Lumber
Live Load
Cross cut Saw
Effective Length
Contraction Joint
Total Run
Bond Stress
Purlin
Shear Connector
Shear Stress
Hooks Law
4 x dia. Of bolt
4 x dia. Of bolt

2.5 times

12 mm
50
11 dia.

1/6 depth of member


middle third span
1/4 depth
.60 of specified yield strength
.50 of specified min. tensile
strength
0.45 fy

248/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

0.40 fy
100%
200
240
40 mm
20 mm
7 days
7 dyas
3 days

25mm
180 deg. Bend +4db extension but not
less than 65 mm at the end of bar
90 deg. Bend + 6db extension at
free end
90 deg. Bend + 12db extension at free
end

.-12mm
.+/- 50mm

40db

3db
4db
75 mm
Grade Beam
Abrasion
Batten
Blistering
Block out
Cast iron

249/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Kerf
Pantile
Marble
Extrusion
Static Equilibrium
Force
Resultant
Priniples of Transmissibility
Force System
Free body diagram
Load
Stress
Stress due to tension
Stress due to compression

Truss

Beam & Girders

Detrminate structure

Western Framing

Hydrostatic Pressure
Anchor Bolt
Ledger Strip
Batt insulation

250/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Balloon Framing
Beam Blocking
100 mm
Foundation Wall
Control Joints
Forging
Wrought Iron
Purlin
Rafter
Lintel
Joist
Stringer
Girder
Spandrel
Shaft
Adobe
Concrete
Reinforced Concrete
Pedestal or short
compression blocks
long or slender column
Short column
Bearing wall system
Building Frame System
Bridging
Checking
Post tensioning

251/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Slump Test
Creep
Chord
alloy
Backset
Lap seam
Shear
Deformation
Working Stress
Marquee
Addition
Allowable Stress Design
Alteration
Building
Existing Building

LFRD (Load & Resistance


Factor Design)

Ultimate Strength Design

Structure

Structural Engineer

Prefab / precast assembly


Bedrock
Bench
Borrow
Compaction

252/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Earth Material
Erosion
Excavation
Fill
Grade

Existing grade

Finish Grade

Rough Grade
Grading
Slope
Key
Soil
Terrace

Access floor system

Assembly Building

Awning
Exterior Balcony
Dead Loads
Deck

Essential facilities

Garage

253/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Private Garage
Limit state
Serviceaility Limit State
Strength Limit State

Live Load

Loads

Bridge Cap

Joist

Liveloads

Girder

Bending moment

Aggregates

254/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Admixture

Accelerator

Retarder

Boring
Gusset Plate

Punching Shear

Modulus of Elasticity
Yield Point

Elastic Limit

Plastic Limit

Deflection

Shear

255/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Stress

Strain

Shear Wall

Slump Test

Beam

Column
Fixed End Moment

Contraction Joint

Tendon
Grade Beam

Pre-tensioning

Pre cast Concrete

256/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Seismometer

Slag
Embedment Length
Dead Loads
Creep
Slenderness Ratio
Resillience
Ductility
Modulus of Rigidity

Modulus of rupture

Tie
Batter Pile
Footing
Web
Fillet Weld
Bench Mark
Deck
Strut
Poisson Ratio
Zoning, site characteristics
Occupancy, configuringstructural
system, and height

14

Owner

257/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Occupant of the building

Load duration

14 sqm.

1.50 mts.

1/240 of wall span

1/120 of wall span

60 sqm.

Base

Collector

Diaphragm

Base Shear, V

Boundary Element

Braced Frame

Building Frame System

Dual System

Eccentric Braced Frame (EBF)

Joint

Girder

258/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord

Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
System
Ordinary Moment Resisting

Story Drift

Strength

Platform

Horizontal Bracing System

Structure

Bearing Wall System

Building Frame System


Moment Resisting Frame
System
Weak Story

Time History Analysis

Orthogonal Effect

P-delta Effect

Admixture

259/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Plain Concrete

Pedestal

Modulus of Elasticity

Jacking Force

Embedment Length

Effective Prestress

Development Length

Curvature Friction
Structural Lightweight
Concrete
Bonded Tendon

Structural Steel

ASTM A514

40 mm

Poisson's Ratio

Slenderness Ratio

Torsion

Flat Slab

260/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Shear

Deformation

Yielding Stress

Stress

Allowable Stress

Stress

Tie / Stirrup

Stiffness Ratio

Punching Shear

Deflection

6 inches

Equilibrium

2 years

not less than 1"X4"

Run

Portable Hand router

Girder

Knots

261/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Smoothed or planed lumber

Cross-cut saw

Live load

Effective length

Volume

Modulus of Elasticity

Contraction joint

Total run

Bond Stress

Purlin
Size of Dead Load
Defelection
Shear Connector
Shear Stress / Shearing
Stress
Size of Dead Load
Defelection
Hook's Law

4 X diameter of bolt

4 X diameter of bolt

2.5

262/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

12 mm

50

11 diameters

1/6 depth of member

Middle Third Span

1/4 the depth


0.60 of specified min. yield
stress
0.50 of specified minimum
tensile strength
0.45 Fy

0.40 Fy

100%

200

240

40 mm

20 mm

263/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

25 mm
180 bend + 4db extension but
not less than 65mm at free
end of bar
90 bend + 6db extension at
free end
90 bend + 12db extension at
free end
12 mm

50 mm

40db

3db

4db

75 mm

264/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

265/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

266/752
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1

Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the main beams

Roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side


Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
up and down
Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board

Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade

6
7
8

Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column
footing
Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall
System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to
roof supporting second floor joints

System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

10

An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key or thumb-turn

11

Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine

12

Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending

13

Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

14

Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

15

Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads

16

An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging
tools
Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between
The wall of Intramuros
Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance
Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web
Beam that projects beyond one or both its support
Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring
Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors

27

Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices

28
29

Horizontal exterior roof overhang


Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns

30

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:

31

Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back the earth

32
33
34
35

Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50
Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss
The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative

36

Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane

37

A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a

38
39

butt joint with nails or bolts


The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured

40

The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam

17

267/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


41

Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil

43
44

Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is located extends to the
floor
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls
Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building

45

Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it

46

Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was stopped and continued
later

47

Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete should crack

48

Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing

49

Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

Filipino term for horizontal stud


Filipino term for floor joist
Filipino term for rabbet
Filipino term for plastered course
Filipino term for bottom chord
Filipino term for purlin
Filipino term for eave
Filipino term for top chord
Filipino term for temper (metal work)
Filipino term for plumb line
Filipino term for projection
Filipino term for rafter
Filipino term for baseboard
Filipino term for alignment
Filipino term for bath tub
Filipino term for brace

66

Filipino term for cast iron

67
68
69
70
71

Filipino term for contractor


Filipino term for downspout
Filipino term for pattern
Filipino term for mortar
A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss

72

Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings

73

Dry walls are customarily finished

74

One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

75

Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout

76
77

The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood


The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses

78

Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building

79
80
81
82
83

Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing


A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc.
Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica
Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers
Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers

84

Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at regular intervals

85

Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers

42

268/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


87

A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior wall plate

88

A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of the building

89

Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings

90

The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings

92

Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of dwelling
units
The finished frame surrounding a door

93

A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key

94

Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate independently or together

95

A twisting force

91

97
98
99
100
101
102
103

The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are void areas in the
foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation
Refers to the term stone-cut
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns
Chord splice connectors for trusses
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together
Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge

104

The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines

105

Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support a part of load

106

Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check

107

A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to
function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system

108
109

The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches
The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces

110

Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation

111

Wood flooring finishing material

112

A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs

113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
121

Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing


Wall partition wooden framing
The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet
Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks
A type of concrete floor which has no beam
Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position
Tool for testing and for framing work
Vertical surface on face of a stair step

123

The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for
inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the projects for a period of not less than

124
125
126

Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure
Thickness of a wood plank
Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight

127

A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood

128

A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete

95

269/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


129
130
131
132

134
135
136
137
138
139

The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system


A wall supporting no load other than its own weight
A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying
space frame
A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall
The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all
Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix
The total of all the tread widths in a stair

140

A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe

141
142
143
144

146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153

The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole


An opening in the roof for admitting light
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around
openings and near the base of the wall
Distance between two structural supports
Scientific name for wood
A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors
Roof that has four sloping sides
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
A tough used for carrying off water
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters

154

A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction

133

145

156
157
158

A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of
the walls above the opening
The placing of glass in windows or doors
Another word for handmill on a stair construction
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials

159

The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its jamb

160
161
162
163
164
165
167
168
169
170
171
172

Lumber that still contains moisture or sap


The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters
A large heavy nail
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done
Lumber specification S4S
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set
A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of
a building
A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building
Wedge-shaped stone of an arch
Fireproof door with metal covering
The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf
Lumber that is not squared or finished
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting,
shoes, beams plates and engine heads

155

173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

270/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

188
189
190
191

Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable wires inserted
consecutively across the loom
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed
with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to the surface to give a tooth for
excellent plaster adhesion
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used
to finish and topcoat wood flooring
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while
the cement matrix is depressed
An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the
side jamb
Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks
Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window
Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface
A crosswise groove at the end of a board

192

Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only

181
182
183
184
185
186
187

198
199
200
201

The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
surface such as paving
Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in turn by larger beams,
girders or bearing walls
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and
attractive rustic clay shade patterns
Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to
concrete
The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace
A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill
A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long
Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash

202

The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl space foundationwall

193
194
195
196
197

204
205
206
207

Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an interior trim related item,
such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door
Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters
Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building
Bonding together two or more layers of materials

208

Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation, sometimes called sill plate

209
210

Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw


A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door opening or below a window
sill

203

211
212

Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross

214
215
216

A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and projecting beyond the face of
the stair string/s
A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight
n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall
A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension

217

One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail

218
219
220
221

The arrangement and design of window in a building


What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall
Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is
Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative

213

271/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


222

A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible

223

A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice them together

224
225
226
227
228

Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting
A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam
A small finishing nail is called
A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point
A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level

229

A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata

230

Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called

231

Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint

232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252

254
255
256
257
258
259

End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets


Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair
Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance
Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups
Which among the concrete block is the header block
A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint
The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level
Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab
Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12'
Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond
Xyladecor is a product of
Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
The amount of space measured in cubic units.
A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete
The most important component to determine the strength of concrete
Another term for plaster board
The face or front of a building
An opening in the roof for admitting light
Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around
opening and near the base of the wall
The distance between two structural supports
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
Hammer is a
Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters

260

Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const

253

261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
270
272
273
274

A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the
walls above the opening
The placing of glass in windows and doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard grade
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice
A large heavy nail is referred to as
What is the scientific name of wood
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor
A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine

272/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311

Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period
A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride
The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load
The vertical face of a stair
Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain
The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured
A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone
A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board
Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls
A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom
Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern
Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of
Common hardware fastener for truss braces
Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets
Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood
Retarders or accelerators concrete setting
Coated with zinc
Technical term for earthquake
Vertical frame of paneled door
Fascia between floor and wall
Cement, sand, and water
Filipino term for framework
Filipino term for bottom chord
Filipino term for collar
Filipino term for plastered course
Filipino term for purlins
Filipino term for wainscoating tiles
Filipino term for wrought iron strap
Filipino term for ceiling joist
Filipino term for door fillet
Filipino term for girder
Filipino term for masonry fill
Filipino term for downspout
Filipino term for cabinet hinge
Filipino term for brace
Filipino term for bathtub
Filipino term for temper (metal work)

312

Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

313

A principal member of a truss

314

Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine

315
316
317
318
319

A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength
Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course

320

That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade

321

The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

322
323

Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height

324
325
326
327

Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer


Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer
Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing
Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this

273/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


328

Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material

329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336

A brand name of asbestos roofing


Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this
Tradename for plastic materials
First group of wood used as shoring
Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC
A passageway of a chimney
A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin
Lumber defects caused by broken twigs

337

They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint has been removed

338
339
340
341
342
343
344

Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure


Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi
To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc
A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw
A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob
The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material
A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water

345

A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a tank

346
347
348
349
350
351

A low wall around a chalet type house


Common hardware fastener for truss braces
A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint
The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware
Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall
A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition

352

One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window sash

353
354
355

A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood


A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd
Concrete with low cement content

356

Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints

357

A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the foundations

358

A fireproof door with metal covering

359

Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling, furniture and interior form

360

The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work

361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

372
373

Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks
Finest wood for furniture
Used for paneling and plywood veneer
Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames
Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame
Used for framing joist, truss
Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs
The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs
Used for paneling
The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart shakes, star shakes and
wind shakes
A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins
A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer

374

A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shinkage during drying

375

Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface

371

274/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


376

A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by sawing too near the surface of
the lag

377

The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the wood they infest

378
379
380
381
382

387
388
389

1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length


Thickness x Width x Length / 12
1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider
2" to 4" thk
5" x 5" and larger
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued
together with industrial glues
Hip roof support
Another term for plaster board
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support for finish trims around
openings and near the base of the wall
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor
Steel window section for muntins

390

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during installatiuon of floor or wall finishes

391
392

A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security


Admixture that impart color on concrete

393

Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete

394

Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring

395
396
397
398
398
399
400
401

The soil or rock directly beneath the footing


Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders
To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing
A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat
A type of concrete floor which has no beam
A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber
A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface
A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk

402

A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived from coal of petroleum and
before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid

383
384
385
386

403
405

The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used primarily for electrical fixture
and pipe sealing
The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement
The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade

406

Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its become self supporting

408

An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width


A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the elements so that the painting
is not required for protection

403

409
410

A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over stretchers in the course below

411

Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation shielding

412
413
414

A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck, while the inside edge is
supported from the wall being built
A portland cement specification
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various embossed pattrens for
industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets

415

A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs

416

Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns

275/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


417
418

A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
finish topcoat and wood flooring
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood imitation, flooring and
piping

419

The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces

420

A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces about 150% of the heat
of hydration of normal cement during first seven days

421

The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing

422
423

Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete


The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars

424

A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface

425

A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the concrete has been placed
and screen

426

An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through which a direct current is
passed between the aluminum and the solution

427

The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or subtrite

428
429

A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up


No. 5 designation of a bar

430

A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or structures below water level

431

A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
shrinkage during drying

432

Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque

433

A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer together, thereby
expelling the air from the void spaces

434
435

A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during driving

436

A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings


A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then chilling it rapidly which is 3 to
5 times stronger than ordinary glass

437
438

A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as pigmented lacquer

439

446
447
448

A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid


Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width and tied together by
metal ties
A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses frames along its span and
shoring on both ends
Class AA concrete mixture ratio
A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber, usually caused by
sawing too near the surface
A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying and not became part of
the film
A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete
A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion
A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal

449

Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of moisture or containing salts

450

The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale

451

A vertical joints between brick wythes

440
441
442
443
444
445

276/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


452

A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular interval

453
454

It is not a vehicle of paint


A double unit glass
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of headers laid perpendicular to
the stretcher course

455
456

Additive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a concrete setting

457

Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of coatings for aluminium

458

A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning them

459

Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a natural form of oxidation
for protective coating

460

A rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are connected homogenously to the
vertical column members fastened conventionally to the concrete pedestal

461
462
463
464

465

Steel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests on a masonry or
concrete support
Used as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of combination of felted
papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturated
A type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply and a layer of aggregate
is applied while the flood coat is hot
Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out
PAINT DEFECTS
An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of which breakaway from the
surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated application of new coats over old coats

468
469
470
471

Discoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by applying an
impermeable undercoating
Formation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun during the process of
drying
Progressive powdering from the surface inward
Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood
Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film
Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help

472

Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning

473

Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture

474

As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or incompletely dried undercoats,
spots of grease or soap

475

Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing

466
467

476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487

Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old work, over unclean or
greasy surface
Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather
The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS
What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar

277/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


488
489
490
491
492
493

494

What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar


5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT
Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where moderate heat of hydration is
required
is used where high early strength is required
is used where low heat of hydration is required
is for use when high sulfate resistance is required
TYPES OF DOORS
This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash. Usually, the lowest light
will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfort

498
499

Another version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting ventilations but restricting the
size of an object that can pass through the window
Operating sash for ease of operation
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing hardware intrinsic in the
double hung window
A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired
Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door

500

It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with casement sash

495
496
497

503
504

An awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on appearance and ability to
provide weatherstripping
Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg
TYPES OF HINGES
A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot
Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin

505

A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open position automatically

506
507

The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates


TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising

508

Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door frame

509

A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on the jamb leaf

510

519

A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building
Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure
Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING
A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row
Large footing extending a wide area
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the earth is capable of
providing the desired support
Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute a
concentrated column over the top of footing
A footing which supports more than one column load
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete

520

A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject to the bearing load

521

An arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in foundations

522

A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or structures below water level

523

A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure

501
502

511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518

278/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

528
529

A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically located with respect to the
footing
A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum into which the piles are
driven
MIXING OF CONCRETE
About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added
READY MIXED CONCRETE
Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing
Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator

530

Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer

524
525
526
527

531
532

533
534

PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding water, then cement setting
will start
MIXING OF CONCRETE
It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum
CURING OF CONCRETE
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at least the
WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at

535
536
537
538

least the WHAT days


HANDLING OF CONCRETE
General purpose concrete
Load bearing 4" CHB
Non load bearing 4" CHB
Cement mortar

539

Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I. Roofing and cement bag stack

540

REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS


Minimum bar size of footing

541

Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm

545
546
547

REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS


Minimum size of column rebar
Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns
Sizes of column ties
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span
Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span
Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal

548

Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is

549

Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line

550

If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut

542
543
544

SPLICING OF REBARS
551

Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be lapped or welded

552
553
554
555
556

SIZES OF LAP SPLICES


24 times bar diameter
30 times bar diameter
36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm
Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE
Aluminum-Concrete reactions

557

THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF SLAB, WALL OR
BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool
after the concrete is placed and is used to strike off the concrete surface to proper grade

279/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


558

JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in flatwork construction

560

A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used to float the surface of
concrete slab immediately
A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete

561

A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner

562

A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete


THREE COAT PLASTER
First coat
Second coat
Third coat
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic state with water hardens
into a stone-like mass

559

563
564
565
566
567

Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically placed to support a building

568

A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of the above materials
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT

569

Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar

570

Spiral column combined with WF steel column

571

A steel column used as a support for girders and beams


TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

572

Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact

573

A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of cracking

574

A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of another

575

Used for floor of 5" thick and greater

576

Used of heat to prevent contractions


PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE

577

Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments

578

Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam

579
580

Strands are stretch between massive elements


Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling

581

Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands


SITE CASTS

582

Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the slabs of the building in a
stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the columns to their finl position

587

Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from one floor to the next by
crane, eliminating much of the labor
Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of formwork is oulled steadly
upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous
process
Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a horizontal position, then
tilted into positions and grouted together
(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of compressed air and can be
deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell

588

Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface

583
584
585
586

280/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


589

A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured components

596
597
598

A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground level and then raised into
sa position by jacking
CLASIFICATION OF PILES
A pile which carries a vertical load
A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it
A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces
One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to keep water out of
foundation
A heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for the construction of
coffer dams, caissons
FLOOR SYSTEMS
A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist
A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction
Any joist which carries a floor

599

A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other

600

602

A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to prevent or retard the
spread of fire
A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes

603

A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or roof frame

590
591
592
593
594
595

601

604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623

STANDARD HOOKS
180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar
90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and smaller
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:
10mm to 25mm
28mm to 32mm
36mm
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance
Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not
less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE
In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than WHAT TIMES the wall or
slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
To 6 inclusive
Over 6 to 12
Over 12 to 20
Over 20
Over 40 to 60
Over 60 to 150
Over 150

624

Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm thick or more; not greater
than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET WELDS

625
626

Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size,
or not exceed WHAT of its effective length

281/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


627

The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed WHAT

628
629
630

The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner
part, but not less than WHAT
The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT
Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners for a distance of not less
than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld

631
632

Roof insulation under purlins

633

Roof insulation over purlins

634

Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier

635

Acoustical Installation
1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

636

An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal screws

637

A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like Plexibond to a tacky
consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable finish

638

A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus softens and dissolves by
water or by chemical after sufficient drying

639

What is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length

640
641
642

A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers


It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold
A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface

643

Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder

644

System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology

645

A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-

646

painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards

647

Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed manner

648

What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length

649

What is not a brand of ceramic tiles

650

A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform

651

Floor system by Jackbuilt

652
653
654

In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors
Wood end joint requiring tensile strength
Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood

655

Coarse aggregates standard sizes

657

Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making the connection clean of
joint traces
An accessory of tie rod scaffold system

658

Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed

659

A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through

660

Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the vertical height

656

282/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


661

Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry

662

Not a wood parquet geometric design


A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks, install tiles and pebble
washout

663
664

A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" o.c. which serves a s form
when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel

665

A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets

666

A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free

668
669

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-SECONDARY COLOR LIKE
ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
Steel window section for muntins

670

Basic parts of stressing anchor

671

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation of floor or wall finishes

672

A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued
together

673

What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold

674

In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left

675

Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts

676

Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that can be used for two slab

677

It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete

667

679

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A DEGREE OF ITS
COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY
A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security

680

A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp

681

To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear stresses present at the
joint

682

Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in place

683

The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door

684

Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof


1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

678

283/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


685

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant decorative surface

686

Concrete hollow block laying

687

CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used of needles

688
689

Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across loom. Pile height is
determined by height of wire inserted
The loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations and designs are limited
only by the number of tufts in the carpet

690

The loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six color frames

691

This process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a viscous vinyl face that
hardens after the curing

692

The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing and pile yarns are
looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles

693
694
695
696
697

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of cement grout mixed with
flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent
plaster adhesion
Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free to
finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by mechanical or pneumatic
means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish
Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement
matrix is depressed

698

A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the sill or sides of the jamb

699

A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface. Without this mixture
will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively large pieces due to
application on damp or greasy surface

700
701
702

A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation

703

The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads directly into the garage

704

A series of arches supported by a row of columns

705

A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved opening

706

A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement window or doorway

707

A facing of squared stones

708

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and decorative trextured surface.
This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and
texture while the concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick

709

An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet sidings

710

A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intenionally exposed while
the cement matrix is depressed
The most common type; relatively small chip sizes
Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with smaller chips filling the
space

711
712
713
714
715

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill or about the side jambs

284/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


716

To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end

717
718
719

and the cement plaster should be..


It is not a brand of house paint
Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window

720

An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during installation

721

A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural light only

722
723

is the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in preparation for a finishing
surface such as pavings
A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive
rustic clay shade patterns

724

Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall

725

A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system


A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the
walls above the opening
Pre-construction of components as part of the whole
Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes
Lumber that is not squared or finished
hinges on left; open inward
hinges on right; open inward
hinges on left; open outward
hinges on right; open outward
A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,
the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in
one direction only, or in both directions.

726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735

736

737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749

A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to


provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the
original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which
gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a
retarder in Portland cement.
Basic ingredient in clay
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
light brown and red
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air
between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system
might otherwise be air bound.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing the
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
Additional information contract documents
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
girder shall be __________.
Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
the size of its breadth?
Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible
space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story
height.
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
different material.
The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
another.
Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal?

285/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


750
751
752

A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or


translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and
stabilizer.
Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
through the concrete. Reduces permeability.
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of
concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the
rate of early-strength development for several reasons

753

A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability


and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In
addition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of
purpose.

754

A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without


coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and
types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface,
forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,
decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.

755
756
757
758
759
760
761

762

763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777

Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timber


members, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earth
or stones.
Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c.
Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually
restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made
in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.
What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if the
depth of the girder is 0.40 m?
A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist the
spread of fire.
Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of
some clay.
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface
of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result
Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?
a. Picture Glass
b. Window Glass
c. Heavy Sheet Glass
d. Insulating Glass
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which
are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum
which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.
The minimum length of splice needed for column.
Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to
retain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch
circuits are connected.
Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven
into the ground to serve as boundaries?
Identify the miter joint
Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork
Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint
Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?
A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent
retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement
of masonry walls are known as

286/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous


to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a
hand operated machine is
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to
the other primarily to resist bending is a
A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to
obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the
center of the knob or lock cylinder
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its
corrosion resistance and ductility is
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
The Filipino term for riser
The Filipino term for collar plate is
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
The Filipino term for plumb line is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser
equals 6 how many risers will there be between two floors
having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden
boards sub-flooring is by
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper
floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners
used for dropped-ceiling in offices is

796

The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch
(1) x 4(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the
available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 , the
total board feet needed is

797

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,


intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called

798

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,


intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called

799

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can be


minimized by

800

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in


tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be
minimized by the use of

801

A material used to remedy vapor flow

802
803
804
805
806
807

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and


they are customarily finished with
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also
be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar
materials come together, it is necessary to provide
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is
A narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges
of two parallel boards in the same plane is a
The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is

287/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820

The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the


appearance of a larger beam is known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joists of each
storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing
walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building
created by the presence of water in the soil is known as
A window which projects outside the main line of a building and
the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known
as
A form of brick bond in which each course is alternately
composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known as
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next
batch of concrete is placed against it is
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high
compressive strength but low tensile strength is
The Filipino term for plastered course is
The Filipino term for bottom chord is
The Filipino term for purlin is
M
The Filipino term for top chord is
The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in the
design of dwelling units. Select the best material which will
reduce moisture in a wall when used

821

Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below a


ventilated roof space may show pattern staining on the
ceiling. This can be prevented by

822

Heat gain through the walls in buildings exposed to


afternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because of
conductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of

823

Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using


less expensive materials with the application of construction
techniques

824
825
826
827

The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a


total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser
is 7 7/8, therefore, the stringer length is
Dry walls are customarily finished with
The riser of a stair is 6 inches. What is the run using
formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is
the use of

828

A manual method of squaring the corners of a building


lines in building layout, is the use of

829

When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor


finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP)
steps

830
831

832

Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,


slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing
buildings should be provided with
A typical block or panel type insulating material used in
flat roof of commercial or industrial building
What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a
water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000
U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and
freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water
tank.

288/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


833
834
835

836
837
838

839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847

Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used


by architects in planning and design of buildings
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small
compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical
treatment of the
A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and
finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools
is a
A building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,
hornblende and mica is a
A form of brick bond in which the course consists of
alternate stretchers and headers in known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joist of each
storey rests on the top plates of the storey below and the
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
is known as
The Filipino term for rabbet
The Filipino term for projection is
Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriser
proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will
there be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9-0
A geological or ground condition considered in determining
the size and type of foundation of the building
These are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing
system of residential buildings
The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are
These are classified as good and less expensive insulating
materials used in buildings
This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, less
water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of
dwelling units

848

The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at least


one inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be the
vertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the top
line of the 2 x 6 yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath
floor system assuming that thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on 4 RC slab with
membrane
waterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement of
materials for residential houses

849

A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofing


system of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1
vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if
the span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 meters
horizontally?

850
851
852
853
854
855

The finished frame surrounding a door is a


A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both
knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is a
A door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the
other, this leaves may operate independently or together is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape
laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
up and down is a

289/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


856
857
858
859
860
861

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior


wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
The wall of Intramuros is
The Filipino term for rafter is
The Filipino term for baseboard is
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and
architectural design of tall buildings
This is a ground condition that determines the size, type
and shape of the building footing/foundation

862

What is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed water


tank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter
of 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as the
water tank

863

Select the grouping one subject of which is a general


criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings

864

The most common materials used for roofing of urban


residential houses

865

For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings,


exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions

866

Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface of


two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the
nosing of two consecutive steps is the

867

Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airborne


noise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided against
both of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of better
sound insulation are

868

When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionally


well drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the best
material to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slab
is

869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886

This material holds less moisture, is very light with less


absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential
houses in tropical regions
Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
etc. is called
A twisting force is
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil
to stabilize foundation, etc. is
The term stone-cut refers to a
Wood with metal cladding is called
The Filipino term for floor joist is
The Filipino term for bottom chord is
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and
columns is
Chord splice connectors for trusses is
A vertical line check uses a
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints
together is
Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the
ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines are
called
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or
cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
The Filipino term for ceiling joist is

290/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894

895

The Filipino term for concrete beam is


Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
is called
The vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where
concreting was stopped and continued later is called
A twisting force is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
etc. is called
It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and
multiple web
When the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less
than 0.50, slab is a
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably
at the joints of the truss
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system

913

A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls


composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the
wall
The section of which the moment changes from positive to
negative is called
What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces?
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having
standard corrugation are coated both sides with
Wood flooring finishing material
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip
roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?
The time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete
footing
Wall partition wooden framing is called
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an
ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing?
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing
sheet is
What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated
asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from
the surface inward occurs. It is called
A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is
called
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight
without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame
is called
A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called

914

A one-way concrete slab are used when

915

Level tool is a

896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912

291/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


916

Steel square is a

917
918
919

The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called


Tin shear is a
Auger bit is part of
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression
test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection
during the progress of construction and after completion of the
projects for a period of not less than

920

921

Wood board should have a thickness specification of

922

926

Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is


The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is
called
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make
smooth cutting and curving on solid wood is called
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is
called
Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and

927

Dressed lumber is referred to

928

The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is


Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead
weight
It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in
place or may not be present at all is called
The distance between inflection point in the column when it
breaks is called
The amount of space measured in cubic units
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit
expected movements between them is called
To find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply the
area of its base by its
The most important component to determine the strength of a
concrete mix is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called
Jack rafter is used for
The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called
The face or front elevation of a building
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a
pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to
An opening in the roof for admitting light is called
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than
broad leaves are called

923
924
925

929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952

The building frame construction system that uses one piece


structural stud from the foundation to the roof
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be
plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings
and near the base of the wall
The distance between two structural supports
The scientific name for wood is
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the
height of the stair by the number of
A kind of roof that has four sloping sides
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
A tough used for carrying off water

292/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

959
960

The process of removing concrete forms from the cured


concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting
rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for
securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the
top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above
the opening
The placing of glass in windows or doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard
grade is called
Another word for handmill on a stair construction
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials

961

Green lumber is

953
954
955
956
957
958

962
963
964
965
966

967

968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980

The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is


called
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part
of the cornice
A large heavy nail is referred to as
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the
height of the stair by the height of each
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to
be done

Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure


refers to

Lumber specification S4S means


The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a
roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent
blade set at
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party
wall
Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum
strength
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset
keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof
intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building
vertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire and
cables
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the
building

981

The zig-zag rule is a

982

Keystone is

983

Kalomein door is

293/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


984

Lumber that is not squared or finished

985

How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete


reinforcement constructed

986

Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have the


following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT ideal?

987

What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not


critical?

988

Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?

989
990

991

992
993

What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to


provide foundation for the superstructure?
What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry
use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes,
beams plates and engine heads?
A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plain
concrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This is
done by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast
color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the
concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate
or brick
Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and
flushed with the cabinet sidings

994

Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer to


know to guide him as to what type of construction and specification
should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving
where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable wires
inserted consecutively across the loom?

995

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and


columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible
base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to
the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion

996

Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinet


framing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in the
market now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due to
cheaper cost than the other listed below

997

A special coating system with a high gloss shine while


maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
finish and topcoat wood flooring

998

A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency


mortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. The
sprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required

999

What criterion conforms to good construction practice for the


earliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other than
early-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected over
poured floor?

1000

A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal
angles diagonally

294/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1001
1002

When utilizing knock-down modular system of cabinets and


furniture, an end user is constrain of using:
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance
whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the
cement matrix is depressed

1003

Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the


quality of concrete?

1004

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees


to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb

1005

To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, the


substrate must be roughened while observing the following:

1006
1007
1008
1009

1010
1011
1012

A type of hands of door where the hinge is at the left and the
door leaf swings inside the room to the left
What type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a
French window?
An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the
underside of a ________ tile during installation
A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime
activity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface with
this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
A paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint to
the surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively large
pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door
with glass to allow natural light only
Vernacular term for rough plastering

1013

Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must


be well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated are
such that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.
What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when
working spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding>

1014

What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement


of beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precast
manufactured under plant control conditions?

1015

What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound


material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
surface such as paving?

1016

A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and


fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic
clay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finished
rough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularities

1017
1018
1019
1020

What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,


or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete
Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or combination of these
forces.
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made; colorless when pure used
as a retarder in Portland cement

295/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1021

Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to absorb shocks from
sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof.

1022

A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air to circulate around
every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.

1023

Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain directions are all
substantially parallel

1024

It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain of
each adjacent layer.

1025

In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement

1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031

1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038

1039
1040
1041
1042

A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it.
A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly aluminum, by electrolytic
action.
Squared building stone
Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade.
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have no
sag when under load
A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement and water
A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length
A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 feet above grade
What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole
of a door
A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door
A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors in
place. A fastener which holds a door in place by
means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall
which is depressed when the door is closed
For finishing accessories, what is the term for a hand
grip installed in a shower, which may be used in
steadying or support ones self.
For finishing accessories, a device attached above
screen door as automatic door closer.
A type of tape used in finishing joints between
gypsum board.
A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a
conventional head such as square, hexagonal,
button or countersank.

1043

It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made from


fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber,
cotton fiber, or animal hair.

1044

For the soil method of testing, it is a boring with


standard penetration tests can give indication of the
bearing capacity of the soil by the number of blows
of a standard driving hammer required to advance a
sampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.

296/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1045
1046
1047

For the soil type classification, if the particle of soil


takes the whole hand to lift it is called.
For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is
For brick work construction.what brick work with
alternate courses of headers and stretchers.

1048

For control of concrete mix. It is prepared when


freshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone with
three equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25
times with a standard 5/8 bullet nosed rod.

1049

A type of wall in construction that laterally braced


that bears against an earth or other fill surface and
resists lateral and other forces.

1050

It has been proven in construction that


_____________has durability and beauty. It has a
great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load and
light in weight which adaptable in a countless variety
of purposes.

1051

In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand and


water, used for laying brick or masonry. It is too
weak to be used by itself as a material for building.

1052

In history of masonry,____________were apparently


first used around 3500 B.C. by the people who lived
in the flat, low laying plain between Tigris and
Eupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.

1053
1054

A valve controlling the flow of water or gas from


main to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.
A shieve like device for mixing air with the water
flowing from the end of the spigot.

1055

Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized by


extreme toughness, strength and elasticity and
capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and
sheets.

1056

These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage.

1057

These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together to form a uniform film
during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.

1058

These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and color particles from
separating from each others.

1059

Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"

1060
1061

English term for " Sinturon"


A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a

1062

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a

1063

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is

1064

It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation sills, railroad tiles and
other construction where strength and durability is required.

1065

A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process of deposition,
resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.

1066

It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed stone. (

1067

Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and that is calibrated with a
nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to be measured.

297/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1068

A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only

1069

Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter.

1070

An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able to reach at some parts
of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.

1071

A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry stones, ashlars,
concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostly
bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of not reinforced concrete.

1072

These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same Materials as brick, but all
are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.

1073

A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at the center of the
board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces are sanded. Uses are
floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.

1074

Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll"

1075

is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture, structures, toys, and
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only wood elements.

1076

Filipino Term for "Terrace"

1077

Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used-one is a kraft paper.
The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.

1080

In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of removing fuzz of
protruding fibers?
is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact
appearance
is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process

1081

In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or fabric with low thread count?

1078
1079

1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092

is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing


process to raise the fiber ends
is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria
resistant
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
or no ironing after washing
In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand on the fabric until the
color and design are transferred.
is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a
cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions
is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design
It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep scallops.
have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
polyester fabric
are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called
accordion shades
have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds

298/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103

What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane?
is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing
are the vertical bars separating the glass pane
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
drywall construction
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,
this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units
except ______.
Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise and
reverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?
This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glass
fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or
metal framing system.
Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured using
BAP. What does BAP stand for?
A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch
thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers
mixed with gypsum core.

1104

Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materials


such as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glued
directly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt or
foam rubber. What is it?

1105

Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of all the provisions in the
mechanical code on elevator design and installation?
a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables
b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of
pit to the underside of the car platform
c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator

1106

Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.


Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?
a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foam
b. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thickness
c. Tetrahedral in shape
d. Ideal for audio room application

1107

Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorption


coefficient (SAC) value?

1108

These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made from


cellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. These
materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using
special equipment. What are these?

1109

Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.


a. Ductile
b. Malleable

1110

What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical material


are/is important?
a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptive
b. Concrete provides virtually no absorption
c. Concrete accepts and transmits impact sound
d. All of the above

1111

A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a

299/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1112

1113

1114

1115

1116
1117
1118
1119

1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127

1128

1129
1130
1131

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade is a

Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known as

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a
A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
The Filipino term for riser
The Filipino term for collar plate is
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
The Filipino term for plumb line is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 how many risers will there be between two
floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?

A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by


The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices is

1132

The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1) x 4(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming
that the available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 , the total board feet needed is

1133

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary
by adopting a structural method of construction called

300/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1134

1135

1136

1137

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can
be minimized by the use of
Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB masonry wall by using

To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is necessary to provide

1138

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column
footing is a

1139

** 6 to 8 - distances of nails
** Every 4 - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing

1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160

301/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190

302/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220

303/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250

304/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280

305/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310

306/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340

307/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349

308/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Cross Tee
Pantile
Mission Tile
Dado
Foundation Wall
Grade Beam
Dampproofing
Balloon Framing
Balloon Framing
Western Framing
Dead Bolt
Tryolean Finish
Chord
Alloy
Backset
Baluster
Cast Iron
Nickel Steel
Wrought Iron
Double Glass
Fortification
15mm
Hybrid Girder
Cantilever Beam
Shear Wall
Gluing/ Pasting
0.90 m
24" x 48" x 1/2"
Eaves
Post-tensioning
Building paper sheathing and
space filled
Area Wells
One-Way Slab
Felt
Purlins
Inflection Point
Batten
Fish Plate or Gusset Plate
Post-tensioning
Beam Blocking

309/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Atmospheric Pressure
Bay Window
Control Joints
Expansion Joint
Cold Joint
Construction Joint
Control Joint
Lap Seam
Flat Paint
Trabe-Anzo
Soleras
Vaciada
Kusturada
Tirante
Reostra
Alero
Tahilan
Poleva
Hulog
Bolada
Kilo
Rodapis
Asintada
Baniera
Pie De Gallo
Pundido (parang manny)
Kontratista (yeah!)
Tubo de Banada
Plantilya
Paupo
Gang Nail Plate
Lightning
Lath and Plaster
1/4 plastic hose filled w/ water
3-4-5 multiples with the use of
steel tape measure
Grain
G.I. Sheets
Corkboard
1 1/2 corr
Chase
Serpentine
English Bond
Running Bond
Common Bond / American Bond
Flemish Bond

310/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Heel Cut
Soil Bearing Pressure
Aluminum Foil Sheets
Reinforced Concrete and High
Grade Steel
Asbestos-Cement Shingles
Door Jamb
Knob Bolt
Dutch Door
Torsion
Honey Combs
Sheet Piling
Wood Siding
AA
Split-Ring
Clamp Nail
Weathered
Hip Rafter
Batter Boards
Composite Column
Spirit Level
Space Frame
Keeper
Zinc Chromate
Aluminum Coating
7 & 6 Wood Planks
Chalking
24 hours
Studs
Acrylic Latex Paint
Acrylic Paint
L Hook Bolt
Staple Wire
Flat Slab
Level Tool
Steel Square
Riser
2 years
Collar Beam
2" to 5"
Run
Portable Hand Router
Aggregate

311/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Girder
Nonbearing Wall
Load Bearing Wall
Retaining Wall
Bearing Wall
Floating Wall
Shear Wall
Live Load
Effective Length
Cement
Total Run
Sump Pit
Prefabrication
Skylight
Softwood
Firebrick
Plaster Ground
Span
Xylem
Muntin
Hip Roof
Rip-rap
Moat
Stripping
Purlin
Anchor Bolt
Lintel
Glazing
Banister
Lap Joint
Butt Hinge
Green Lumber
Valley
Facia
Spike
Caisson
Smooth on four sides
Chord
Wood Saddle
45
Latch
Common Wall
Escutcheon
Flashing
Lookout
Formworks
Keystone
Kalomein Door
Corbel
Milled Lumber
Foundation Bolt

312/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Velvet
Scratch Coat
Polyurethane Floor Coating
Scarf
Standard Terazzo
Outrigger
Pivoted Window
Caulking
Rabbet
Masonry Neutralizer
Notch
Figured Wired Glass
Grading
Monopost
Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist
Vigan Tiles
Tendon
Cap
Apron
Boardfoot
Casement
Backfill
Backing
Casement Window
Barge
Bay Window
Laminating
Mudsill
Pilot Hole
Rim Joist
Cripple stud
Cogged joint
Bull-nosed step
Gravity wall
Quoin
Scarf joint
Baluster
Fenestration
Fig. A-1
12mm
Inflection point

313/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Rowlock
Scab
Cross bridging
Web
Brad
Pyramid roof
Stirrup
Pile
Soldier
Pigment
30cm
Carriage
Channel
6cm
Fig B-2
Miter box
Plastic hose w/ water
100mm
40 bd.ft.
Fig. C-3
Boysen
Load bearing wall
Effective length
Volume
Stirrups
Cement
Gypsum board
Faade
Skylight
Soft wood
Fire brick
Plaster ground
Span
Rip-rap
Striking tool
Fig. D-2
Stripping
Purlins
Anchor bolts
Lintel
Glazing
Cull
Lap joint
Green lumber
Valley
Fascia
Spike
Xylem
Retaining wall
Chord
Sleeper
Stud
Tyrolean finish

314/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Adiabatic curing
Vinyl tile
Creep
Riser
Plough
Post-tensioning
Ashlar brick
Perforated tape
Control joint
Hopper
Parquet
Wrought iron
Lag screw
Lead
Solignum
Admixture
Galvanized
Seismic
Stile
Baseboard
Mortar
Balangkas
Barakilan
Sinturon
Kusturada
Reostra
Asolehos
Platsuela
Kostilyahe
Batidora
Guililan
Lastilyas
Tubo de banada
Espolon
Pie de gallo
Baniera
SUBAN
BACKSET
CHORD
TYROLEAN FINISH
PANTILE
WROUGHT IRON
COLD JOINT
CAST IRON
BED
FOUNDATION WALL
BEAM BLOCKING
WESTERN FRAMING
HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE
ACI INSULATION
JACINTO COLOR STEEL
THERMAL INSULATION
ELECTROLYTIC ACTION

315/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH
PLACA ROMANA
STEEL
FORMICA
TANGUILE
250mm
FLUE
PITCH POCKET
KNOTS
PRIMER SEALER
AA
MOLDS AND STAINS
GALVANIZING
COUNTERSINK
ROSE
SCRIBE
DAVIES
GLASS
ZOCALO
LAG SCREW
COMPRESSION SEAL
CRASH BAR
BLEEDER MASS
SOLEPLATE
STILE
SOLIGNUM
COLOROOF
LEAN
FLOOR PANEL
SHEET PILE
KALAMEIN
HARDWOOD
SOFTWOOD
YACAL
TINDALO
DAO
KAMAGONG
WHITE LAUAN
APITONG
NARRA
TANGUILE
ALMACIGA
KNOTS
SHAKES
PITCHPOCKETS
SPLIT
CHECK
WARP

316/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
WANE
DRY ROT
1 BOARD FOOT
BOARD FOOT FORMULA
BOARDS
DIMENSION LUMBER
TIMBERS
PLYBOARD
JACK RAFTER
GYPSUM BOARD
TRIMMING GUARD
RIPRAP
SLEEPERS
Z BAR
POLYMER
DEAD BOLT LOCK
TRUSCON
PRE-TENSIONED CONCRETE
PRE STRESSING
FOUNDATION BED
3 DAYS
SAHARA
BLISTERING
FLAT SLAB
WOOD PLANK
FLOAT GLASS
CASEIN
ASPHALTIC
TEFLON
HYDRATION
SCREEDING
FALSEWORK
TRENCH
WEATHERING STEEL
FLEMISH BOND
HEAVYWEIGHT
PUTLOG SCAFFOLD
ASTM C 150
ALCLAD
CHALKING
PARQUET

317/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING
PVC
GLAZING PUTTY
TYPE III HIGH EARLY
STRENGTH
BATCHING
2 to 5 INCHES
SHOTCRETE
SOLDIERS
VACUUM DEWATERING
ANODIZING
VEHICLES
STAGING
16mm
CAISSON
CHECKS
TENSION SET BOLTS
BANK
COMPACTION
BULB PILE
TIE BEAM
TEMPERED GLASS
DUCO
BED JOINT
CAVITY WALL
FLYING FORM
1: 1 1/2 : 3
PIER
WANE
SOLVENTS
KICKER PLATE
EXPANSIVE SOIL HEAVING
ENAMEL
EFFLORESCENCE
KILN BURNED BRICKS
COLLAR JOINT

318/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
CHECKING
EMULSIFIERS
INSULATING GLASS
COMMON BOND
DISPERSAL AGENT
LAMINATED COATING
ANODIZING
WEATHERING STEEL
TWO HINGED FRAME
BEARING PLATE
TARRED FELTS
GRAVEL SURFACING
SHAKES

ALLIGATORING
BLEEDING
BLISTERING
CHALKING
DEADENING
MOISTURE BLUSH
ORANGE PEEL
PEELING
PINHOLING
RUNS AND SAGS
TACKINESS
WRINKLING
FADING
0.396 KILO
0.616 KILO
0.888 KILO
1.580 KILOS
2.466 KILOS
3.854 KILOS
4.834 KILOS
6.314 KILOS
7.992 KIOS

319/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
9.866 KILOS
TYPE I
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V

PROJECTED
SECURITY
DOUBLE HUNG
SLIDING
COMBINATION
CASEMENT
AWNING
JALOUSIE
PIVOTED
HINGE
BUTT HINGE
SPRING HINGE
PIVOT HINGE
FULL SURFACE
FULL MORTISE
HALF MORTISE
HALF SURFACE
FOUNDATIONS
SHALLOW FOUNDATION
DEEP FOUNDATIONS
CONTINUOUS
MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
PILE FOUNDATION
GRILLAGE FOOTING
COMBINED FOOTING
SPREAD FOOTING
BENCH FOUNDATION
INVERTED ARCH
CAISSON'S FOUNDATION
MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

320/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
CANTILIVER FOOTING
GRILLAGE FOOTING
PILE FOUNDATION
DRUM MIXING
TRANSIT MIXED
CENTRAL MIXED
SHRINK MIXED

30 to 60 MINUTES
1 1/2 MINUTES

FIRST 7
FIRST 3
16 to 20 L of water
28 to 32 L of water
36 to 40 L of water
16 to 20L of water
4 FEET
NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
aggreagates or 25mm
NO. 5 or 16mm
4 PIECES
NO. 2 or NO. 4
L/7
L/5
45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER or
305mm
L/4
102mm,152mm,254mm

IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED
276MPa
345MPa
414MPa
15 degrees
ELECTROLYTIC REACTION
STRAIGHT EDGE

321/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
HAND TAMPER
DARBY
BULL FLOAT
EDGER
JOINTER OR GROOVER
SCRATCH COAT
BROWN COAT
FINISH COAT
MORTAR
POST
COLUMN
SQUARED TIED SPIRAL
COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
COMBINED COLUMN
LALLY COLUMN
ISOLATION JOINT
CONTROL JOINT W/ DOWEL
T&G CONTROL JOINT
BUTT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION
THERMAL EXPANSION
PRE-COMPRESSING METHOD
SELF CONTAINED METHOD
BOND FRICTION
THERMAL PRESSING
VOLUMETRIC EXPANSION

LIFT SLAB CONSTRUCTION


FLYING FORMWORK
SLIP FORMING
TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION
SHOTCRETE
THIN SHELLS
SHOTCRETE

322/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
PRE-FABRICATED
LIFT SLAB
BEARING PILE
FRICTION PILE
BATTER PILE
SHEET PILE
GUIDE PILE
GIRDER
SILL
FLOOR JOIST
TAILPIECE
LEDGER STRIP
DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP
HEDGER
TRIMMER
4db
12db
6db
12db
6db
4db
6db
8db
10db
db; 25mm
25mm
1.5db nor 40mm
3x or 450mm
3
4.5
6
7.5
9
12
16
MINUS 1.5mm
4x
ONE FOURTH or 1/4

323/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
200mm
5x;25mm
25mm
4x;40mm
2x
ALUMINIZED BACKING & TAPE
G.I. STRAP LINER G.I. TIE WAR
ALUMINIZED BACKINGRUBBER
CEMENT (RUGBY)
ASPHALT
NON FLAMMABLE ALUMINUM
3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM BLIND
RIVETS
CEMENT TEXTURED FINISH
WRINKLING
3.853 KILOS
SEAM LOCK
SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP
BLEEDING
#16 EXPANDED METAL LATH
MODULAR COORDINATION
MAIN/CROSS TEE AND WALL
ANGLE SUSPENSION SYSTEM
3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT
1.578 KILOS
PIEDRA TILES
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT
MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE TBEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
MORTISE LOCKSET
SCARF
OIL WOOD STAIN
1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3 DEPTH
SLABS, 3/4 CLEAR SPACING
BLIND AND STUB
FORM CLAMP
UNIFORM 10mm THKCEMENT
PLASTER
VISION DOOR
BENCHMARK

324/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
SCREW WITH EXPANSION PLUG
HEPTAGON
FINISHING MASON
CURDOROY or TOOL FINISH
MODULAR SYSTEM
LAMINATED
HUE SCALE
PLAIN MITER
Z-BAR
SHIMS, BEARING PLATE,
STRESSING WASHER, BOTTOM
PLATE
POLYMER
PLYBOARD
CROSS BRACE MUST BE
INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTION
75mm WIDE PRESSURE
SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED DUCT
TAPE STRAP AT 600mm O.C.
WOOD LATHE MACHINE or
TORNO
CONDECK

ALUMINUM PIPES & CONDUITS


AT R.C. SHALL BE SECURED
NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT MUST
BE EFFECTIVELLY COVERED

CHROMA SCALE
DEAD BOLT LOCK
INSTALL POLYETHELYNE
FOAM W/ ALUM. FOIL BARRIER.
ADHERE BY INDUSTRIAL
ADHESIVE TO GALVANIZED AIR
DUCT

REVERSE THE LOCATION OF


THE "Z" PURLINS
20 mm
SPACE TO INSTALL CONCEAL
DOOR CLOSER
PURLIN SAG RODS

325/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
STUCCO FLOORING FINISH
ASINTADA
TUFTED
VELVET
AXMINSTER
WILTON
FUSHION
KNITTED

SCRATCH COAT
TANGUILE
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING
SANDBLASTING
RUSTIC TERRAZO
PIVOTED
LEFT HAND
MASONRY NEUTRALIZER
PEELING
ANCHOR BOLT
APRON
ARCADE
ARCH
AREAWAY
ASHLAR
IMPRESSO CRETE

INSET or INTERIOR
SCARF
RUSTIC TERRAZO
STANDARD TERRAZO
VENETIAN TERRAZO
PALLADIANA TERRAZO
PIVOTED

326/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
KEEP THE CEMENT PLASTER
AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
ICI DULUX
RABBET
EDGE STRIP TROWEL
SMOKED GLASS
GRADING
VIGAN TILES
305 mm
GIRDER BEAM
LINTEL BEAM
PRE FABRICATION
KNOTS
UNDRESSED LUMBER
LEFT HAND
RIGHT HAND
LEFT HAND REVERSE
RIGHT HAND REVERSE
Party Wall
Spring hinge

Varnishes

Gypsum
Brick
Sandstone
Dry Vent
Relief Vent
Specification
Bid Bulletin
16 inches or .46 m
9 inches o .23 m
Crawl Space
Adhesiveness
Cohesiveness
Steel

327/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Glass
Damproofers
Accelerators

Wood

Paint

Cribbling
Ceiling rafters
Load bearing wall tile
8 inches
Fire Block
SPT Standard Penetration Test
Concrete Additives

Insulating Glass

Roll-up door
60 cm
35 degree
Sheet piles
Distribution Line
Brace or the Diagonal

pantile
foundation wall
control joints

328/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
balloon framing
tryolean finish
chord
Casein
alloy
Backset
wrought iron
Pabalagbag
takip silipan
sinturon
poleva
hulog
cantiliver
shear wall
15..
gluing/pasting
0.90 meters
24 x 48 x

1,098 bf

post-tensioning

post-tensioning
providing building paper
sheathing and space filled
wood
glossy surfaced asphalt
saturated paper, 50 lbs or more
lath and plaster
furring
flashing material
grade beam
batten
post-tensioning

329/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
beam blocking
western framing
atmospheric pressure
bay window
flemish bond
cold joint
cast iron
kusturada
estunyo
reostra
sopo
tahilan
1 thick V-cut wood boards

adequate insulation
combination of wood boards
and plywood with cavity
between
double wall plywood on
horizontal and vertical studs
with
absorbents
3.69 meters
lath and plaster
12.2247 inches
plastic hose filled with
water
3-4-5 multiples with the use of
steel tape measure
felt paper below sub-slab then
WP on top of the sub-slab

expansion joints
corkboard

4.16 meters

330/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
columns, splices, materials, lot
columns, splices, materials, lot
ceiling only

nickel steel
serpentine
flemish bond

western framing
vaciada
bolada
18 risers
soil bearing pressure
aluminum foil sheets
reinforced concrete and high
grade steel
porous concrete, glass fibers,
guilt materials
asbestos-cement shingles

6 inches

7.906 meters

door jamb
knob bolt
dutch door
lap seam
lap seam
mission tile

331/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
grade beam
fortification
kilo
rodapis
lightning
soil bearing pressure

3.513 meters

concrete, steel and wood, type


of floor finish
G.I. sheets
space frames, light steel
skeleton structures
going

double wall on 2 x 4 studs

pitch or bituminous felt

asbestos cement shingles


2 corr.
chase
torsion
sheet piling
wood siding
kalamein
soleras
tirante
AA
split-ring
plumb bob
clamp nail
weathered
hip rafter
batter boards
composite
kostilyahe

332/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
biga
spirit level
construction joint
torsion
chase
hybrid girder
one-way slab
purlins

space frame

space frame
15 mm
shear wall
inflection point
zinc chromate
aluminum coating
7 & 6 wood planks
staple wire
24 hours
studs
1
acrylic latex type
acrylic paint
L hook bolt
chalking
construction joint
bearing wall
flat slab
the slab is being supported by
two parallel beams
tool used for guiding and testing
the work to a vertical and
horizontal position

333/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
tool for testing and for framing
work
riser
masonry tool
bearing tool
2 years
not less than 1 thick x 4 and
up wide
2 to 5 thick
run
portable hand router
girder
knots
smoothed or planed lumber
cross-cut
load bearing walls
live load
effective length
volume
contraction joint
height
cement
cantilever beam
hip roof support
total run
faade
sump
Pre fabrication
skylight
softwood
firebrick
balloon framing
plaster ground
span
XYLEM
risers
hip roof
rip-rap
moat

334/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
stripping
purlin
anchor bolt
lintel
glazing
cult
banister
lap joint
lumber that still contains
moisture or sap
valley
facia
spike
risers
caisson
vertical and horizontal wood
sticks and lumber used to
determine the elevation and
ditances of the reference points
of the
proposed building
smooth on four sides
chord
wood saddle
45
retaining wall
oxy/acetyline welding
common wall
alabaster
stabilize
escutcheon
flashing
chase
formworks
carpenter measuring tool
wedge-shaped stone of an arch
a fireproof door with metal
covering

335/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
milled lumber
90 degree bend plus 12 db
extension, at free end of bar

Surface in contact with the bolt


head and nut shall have a
slope of not more than 1:10 with
respect to a plane normal to the
bolt axis

batter piles

group of parallel reinforcing


bars bundled in contact to act as
a unit shall be limited to three in
any one bundle

grade beam
foundation bolts

stucco floor finish

asintada
inset or interior

velvet

scratch coat

mahogany

polyurethane floor coating

sandblast

25% of scaffoldings can be


removed at slab area after 14
days
and 100% of scaffolds after 21
days after pouring
scarf

336/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
standard sizes, shapes and
forms
standard terazzo

concrete shall be carried on at


such a rate that concrete is at
all times plastic and flows
readily into space between
reinforcement
pivoted
keep the cement plaster as thin
as possible
left hand
rabbet
notch trowel
masonry neutralizer

peeling
figured wired glass
rebokada
Course aggregates shall be no
larger than the minimum
clear spacing between individual
reinforcing bars or wires,
bundles of
bars, or prestressing tendons or
ducts

db but not less than 30 mm

grading

vigan tiles

tendon
Accelerators
Igneous
Gypsum

337/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Wood

Air Drying

Glue Laminated Timber

Plywood
Joint Filler
Cold joint
A-Frame
Galvanize
Ashlar
Cellar
Camber

Cement Paste
Brace, Diagonal
Boliden salt process
Cellar
escutcheon
cremone bolt
bullet catch

grab bar
spring door closer
perforated tape
machine bolt

blanket insulation

test boring

338/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Cobble
senepa
English Bond

Slump test

retaining wall

Wood

mortar

bricks

Corporation stop
Aerator

nylon

Stabilizers
Coalesting agents
Anti-flooding Agents
Liso galvanisado Kanallado
Collar plate
French Tile
Chord
Wrough Iron
Bansalagin

Aerocrete
Granolithic finish
Magnetic Gauge

339/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Figured wired glass
Fascia board
Manhole

Masonry

Structural tile

Particle board

Palupo
Joinery
Asotea
Vapor barrier

gassing
beetling
fulling
slip-resistant finish
napping
antiseptic finish
drip-dry finish
block printing
stencil painting
roller printing
discharge printing
Austrian shades
honeycombed shades
pleated fabric shades
roman shades

340/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
mullions
frame
muntins
Rigid Board Insulation
Outside Door Latch
Panic Bar
Hardwood panel
Melamine foam linear wedges
Acoustical tile
Bonded acoustical panel
Type x

Carpet

3 ropes are required for traction


type elevator

Tetrahedral in shape

carpet

Loose fill insulations

A and b

All of the above

Pantile

341/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Foundation Wall

Control Joints

Baloon Framing

Tyrolean Finish

Chord
Casein
Alloy
Backset

Wrought Iron
Pabalagbag
Takip silipan
Sinturon
Poleva
Hulog
Cantilever
Shear

15

gluing/ pasting
0.90 m.
24"x48"x1/2"

1098 bf

Post tensioning

342/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Wood

lath & plaster

furrings

Flashing material

Grade Beam

notes

343/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

344/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

345/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

346/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

347/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

348/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

349/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

350/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
1

These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization (mountains; deserts; seas)

Visible architecture is composed of:

A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three dimensions: length,
width and depth.

Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are distinct, regular and easily
recognizable

One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two forms be relatively close
to each other or share a common visual trait.

Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater as the greater is to be
the whole.

One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view of another

Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and interrelationships of the
planes that describe the boundaries of volume

Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment.

10

It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity.

11

The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of the building or
reason of erection.

12

Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture.

13

Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in a wheel.

14

It means equality

15

It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality.

16

When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence.

17

A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or growing out of past
experience.

18

It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a various object or part of
a competition.

19

Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.

20

It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.

21

These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.

22

The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known or assumed size.

23

Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then regular repetition is
presented.

351/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
24

The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of human body.

25

The art and science of building design and construction.

26

Who said that The magnificent display of volume put together in the light

27

That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets.

28

With respect to an observer.

29

A series of form arranged in sequence in a row.

30

A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid.

31

Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.

32
33

This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its
shape and volume.
Who said The will of the epoch translated into space

34

A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner.

35

Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized.

36

A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form.

37

One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity.

38

A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common


visual trait.
Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies.

39
40

is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at one
level of a
structure.

41

Describes the relationships between elements of a design.

42

Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities in a limited space or
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to retail and wholesale.

43

What do you call the study that deals with human measurements?

44

deals with space planning in relationship with mans activities

45

human factor engineering

46

Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug


(military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the medieval ages.

47

48

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super


building that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is
the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?
It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination
of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on
town center.

352/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
49

50

51

A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area


(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of
open space as structuring element.
He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with
street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church,
palace or castle
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms
of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established
lines of transportation.

52

Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops; or


Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work.

53

Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and
variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes
flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of
seating possibilities.

54
55
56
57
58
59

A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community.

The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more parcels.

Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey uses south.

Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit.
A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up the remaining adjacent
rural open spaces.
A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general public interest but rather to
serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups in society.

60
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land resources to ensure that the
present generation can benefit from its continued use without compromising future generations.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67

This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive

land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances.

Reason for planning.


Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the needs of
the future generations.
First Planner and developed the Gridiron.

A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being.

The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and later to the birth of cities.

353/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
68

69

70
71
72
73

The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from the population growth of
the city and the congestion that existed in streets.
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits of the city and the
congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.
A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision.

The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces.

He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'.

A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for residential development.

74
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization and design of the city,
with the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with the design of the individual buildings.

75
76
77
78
79

80
81
82

83
84
85
86
87

The science of human settlement.

By definition, settlement inhabited by man.

Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste disposal facilities.

The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element.

A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest W. Burgess. The city is
conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central business district and fanning out from which are
the residential and commuter zones.

The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc coated wire hexagonal
mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.

A very steep slope of rock or clay.


A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low grassy land near a river or
stream.
A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains.

A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water.

On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection.

354/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
88

89
90
91
92
93

94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership, and which is legally
recorded as a single piece.

A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall.

Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___.

In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a given amount of space.

The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the Philippines.

Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and characterized by substantial subsidies
and direct assistance.
A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can investigate the property and
make a decision.
Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential buyer has serious
intentions.
A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges against the capital account.

Written document to transfer the property to one person to another.

They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses.

Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the industry.

Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply.

Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at the site.

Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings.
Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate different types of living
units.
Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.

System building is the complete integration of all ___.

The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city.

An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and services.

355/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.

Three general types of structures.

A piece of land with an economic use for farming.

Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature.

Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect.

Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow.

Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun.

Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___.

A lattice structure that serves as a summer house.

In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___.

The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape.

The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat.

Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___.

Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in the ___.

Also called the blood-stream of a city.

A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community.

The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___.

An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas.

A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the ground.

A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier

The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals.

356/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
129
130
131
132

133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140

141
142

143
144
145

The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water.

A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land.

A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line.

The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of deficiencies which might
exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development goals.

A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area.

In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course.

An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown.
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical
compensation called 'rent'.
A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.
Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the medieval ages.
(CDEP IX-15)
Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental planning? (CDEP IX-45)

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained 337 dwellings in only ten acres of land.
What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX-18)

Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area?
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one item at a time, beginning
with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)
It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured in cm or inches per hour).
(CDEP IX-2)
It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and have moderately difficult
terrain. (CDEP IX-3)
What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4)

146
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of nuclei in the patterning of
urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36,
which among the zones is the medium class residential? (PTIT 132)

147

It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external. They are usually a rather
simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT 133)

357/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
148

149

150
151
152
153
154

In the book called The Neighborhood Unit he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive neighborhoods which was
applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)

A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan;
Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)
t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on
town center. (CDEP IX-16)
first conceptualized the Garden Cities; and author of Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social Reform. (CDEP IX-16)

Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)

Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132)
These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the intensive foci to and from
which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)

155
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a garden image. It
sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)

156

When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP IX-31)

157
He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a
church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)

158

159
160

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peters and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of avenues
connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)
The author of The Death and Life of Great American Cities one of the most influential book in the history of planning. (PTIT
116)
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities and municipalities of
Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)

161
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along
established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)

162
163

Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work. (PTIT
128)
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of other disciplines, all of
those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)

129
95

358/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
61
27
-7
-41
-75
-109
-143
-177
-211
-245
-279
-313
-347
-381
-415
-449
-483
-517
-551
-585
-619

359/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
-653
-687
-721
-755
-789
-823
-857
-891
-925

360/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Geography
Volume & Depth
Volume

Platonic Solids

Face to face contact

Golden section
Juxtaposition
Form
Color
Contrast
personal character
Balance
Centralized
Balance
Scale
Rhythm
Assoc. Character

proportion
balance
personal char.
anthropomorphic proportion
visual scale
unaccented rhythm

361/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

human scale
architecture
Le Corbusier
form
visual inertia
linear form
grid form
subtracting transformation
articulation of form
Adolf Hitler
Radial Form
design process
. clustered
dimensional trans.
grid form
color
Floor Plan
Balance

Tiangge

anthropometrics
ergonometrics
ergonomics
Medieval Organic City

Unite d Habitation

Letchworth

362/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Leon Battista Alberti

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

Garden Oasis

Greenbelt

Platting

Azimuths

Final Plat

Urban Sprawl

Advocacy Planning

Sustainable Land Use Planning

Local Government Code, 1991

R.A. 7160

Promote Human Growth

Sustainable Development

Hippodamus of miletus

City

Agricultural Surplus

363/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Insula

Truebounded City

Traffic.

City Planning

Daniel Burnham

Subdivision Regulations

Urban Design

Ekistics

Human Settlement

Capital Facilities Planning

Physical Settlement

Concentric Zone Concept

Buildable Area

Dwelling Unit

Gabion Wall

Cliff

Meadow

Ridge

Ravine

Restriction

364/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Parcel

Common Wall

Brasilia

Density

National Shelter Program

Social Housing

"Option to Buy"

Earnest Money

Amortization

Deed

Developers

Appraiser

Real Estate Broker

Total System

Housing Codes

Zoning

Prefabrication Manufacturer

Subsystems

Urban Renewal

Urban Area

365/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Code of Multiplicities and


Tradition
Primitive / Vernacular / Grand

Productive Use

Health and General Use

Social Implications

6.00 mts.

Bedrooms

Growth and Change

Gazebo

Grass and Plants

Site Planning

Ecology

Accurate Aerial Mosaic

Comprehensive Plan

Transportation System

Urban Blight

Star

Freeways

Landmark

Lane

Land-use Plan

366/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Land

Land Boundary

Land Survey

Land-use Analysis

Land-use Survey

Latitude

Lawn

Lease

Leasehold

Medieval Organic City


d. National Development
Planning

Unite d Habitation

Pateros

Specialists

Permeability

10-15 %

2%

Landmarks

367/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Clarence Perry

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Letchworth

Ebenezer Howard

Outlying Business Districts

Heavy Manufacturing

Nodes

Garden Oasis

1916

Leon Battista Alberti

Sir Christopher Wren

b. Jane Jacobs

ZIP

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

c. ekistics

368/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

369/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

370/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1

Minimum exit door width.

Minimum floor to ceiling height.

Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

10

Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

11

Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

12

Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

13

Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

14

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

15

Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

16

Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

17

Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

18

Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

19

Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

20

Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

21

Minimum height of a guard rail.

22

Maximum height of a guard rail.

23

Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

24

Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

25

Minimum width of a class A ramp.

26

Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

27

Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

28

Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

29

Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

371/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
30

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

31

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

32

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

33

Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

34

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

35

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

36

Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

37

Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

38

Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

39

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for
institutional use.

40

Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

41

Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

42

Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

43

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

44

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

45

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

46

Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

47

Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

48

Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

49

Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

50

Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

51

Occupant load per person for laboratories.

52

Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

53

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

54

Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

55

Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

56

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

57

Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

58

Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

372/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
59

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air
distribution system.

60

A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

61

Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

62

A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

63

A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

64

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then
cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

65

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an
explosion.

66

Temperature rating at flash point.

67

A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

68

The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

69

Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

70

A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

71

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable
mixture with air.

72

A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

73

Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

74

Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

75

Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

76

For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

77

Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

78

Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

79

Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

80

Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

81

Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

82

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

83

Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

84

Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

85

Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

86

Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

87

Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

373/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
88

Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

89

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in
dimension.

90

Maximum height of a handrail.

91

A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

92

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.

93

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in
temperature of the immediate surrounding.

94

Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

95

Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

96

Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

97

Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

98

Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

99

Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

100

Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

101

Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

102

Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

103

Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

104

Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

105

Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

106

Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

107

Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

108

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

109

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

110

Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

111

Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

112

Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

113

Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

114

Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

115

Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

116

Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

374/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
117

Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

118

Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

119

Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

120

Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

121

Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

122

Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

123

Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

124

Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

125

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar
materials.

126

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

127

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the
purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

128

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing
agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated
by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

129

A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

130

Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

131

Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

132

Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

133

Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

134

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

135

Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

136

Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

137

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

138

In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

139

Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

140

Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

141

Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

142

Occupant load per person for classrooms.

143

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the

375/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
144

outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

145

Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

146

Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

147

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

148

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

149
150

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many
square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping
accommodations for hire.

151

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether
designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.

152

Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

153

Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

154

Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives

155

Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)

156

Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate

157

Materials easily set on fire

158

Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)

159

Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)

160

Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals

161

Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below the bottom chord of
roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed
upwards to a roof vent.

162

Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.

163

Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.

164

Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance

165

Continuous passageway for transmission of air

166

Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.

167

Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space between 2
conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor

376/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
168

Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames

169

Active principle of burning

170

Building unsafe in case of fire

171

Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of presence/danger of fire

172

Fire resistive door

173

condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, safeguarding of life &
property.

174

Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units.

175

Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke detectors, warning system)
- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves)

176

Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of building components
with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe evacuation of people.

177

Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition

178

Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension

179

Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion

180

manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or explosions.

181

Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately same floor level.

182

Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored.

183

Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected

184

Rocket or liquid propellant

185

Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain salts to form uniform
glazing on the surface of treated materials

186
187

Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system


Intended use/purpose of a building

188

Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease contract/permission with the
owner/administrator

189

Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible material under condition of
high temperature.

190

Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical system.

191
192

Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property


Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion

193

Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which includes fans for
introduction of air.

194

building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble

377/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
195

street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use

196

Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

197

partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture

198
199

Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire.
Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals.
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically discharges water when
activated by heat.

200
201

Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where water is made available
to outlets as needed.

202

Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building

203

Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building

204

Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent actuated by automatic
detecting device to suppress fire.

205
206
207
208
209

Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor


Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics)
Flammable liquids and gases
Electrical
Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.)

210

Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of Fire Service and
occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.

211

Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.

212

Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the
purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.

213

pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections

214

Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and ammunition

215

Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm to prevent panic

216

An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers, curtain board, fire
stoppers)

217

Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test

218

A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and structurally
stable.

219

Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material.

220

Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials

221

Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth that fires are likely to
occur and hard to suppress.

378/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
222

Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.

223

Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a public way.

224

Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions thereof.

225

Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic) w/c when spread on surface becomes protective and decorative
finish.

226

Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when pushed from the
inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building, structure or facility.

227

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or groups.

228

Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air distribution system.

229

density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time.

230

PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS

231

PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more

232

233

234

235

TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS


INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants)
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to

exit door.

Lot Occupancy Corner Lot 90%


Inside Lot 80%
*at least 2m from property line
Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage
Foundation Footings 250mm thick & 600mm below ground
Floor Live Load
1st Floor 200 kilograms per sq.m
2nd Floor 150 kilograms per sq.m
*minimum
Roof Wind Load 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections
Stairs Clear width 750mm
Rise 200mm
Run 200mm
Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit

min. horizontal dimension not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, or by a
passageway 1.20m min.
a. Natural Ventilation min of 2.70m
Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
2nd storey 2.40m
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine min. of 1.80m

379/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
236

237

1. Rooms for Human Habitations 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)


2. Kitchens 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m)
3. Bath & Toilet 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m)
1. School Rooms 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices 12.00 cu.m of air space per person;
3. Habitable rooms 14.00 cu.m of air space per person.

238

eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear property lines / sum
of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of walls

239

at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system)

240

a. Ventilation or vent shafts horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter height of shaft
b. Air Ducts 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm

241

1. Office, Administrative purposes not < 3 changes of air per hour


2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens not < 10 changes of air per hour
3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute
4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, supplied each person

242

a. Footings at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm beyond Property line.
b. Foundations not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public sidewalk areas

243

Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade

244

245

246

a. Definition a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by the building and
projecting over a wall or sidewalk
b. Projection & Clearance outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not < 300mm, vertical
clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall not < 3.00m
c. Construction incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive
a. Definition a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be retracted, folded,
collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance
Awning to curb line not < 300mm
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) not < 2.40m
not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project beyond PL except fire exit
doors

247

a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner Chaflan
b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m

248

a. Temporary walkway 1.20m wide (during construction


b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m

249

250

a. Railings street side of the sidewalk at least 1m in height


b. Fences not < 2.40m above grade
c. Canopies 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.
a. Removal protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no longer required.

380/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
251

252

253

254

255

1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions w/in ______
Escalator draft curtain at least 200mm on all sides
Automatic Sprinklers provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft curtain. Distance bet
sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center

1. Access not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
2. Area Separation enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal area max
of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-extinguishing system.
1. Number of Exits
Above 1st storey 10 occupant 2 exits
Mezzanine 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension 2 exits
500-999 3 exits
2. Exits if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter area.
3. Distance of Exits w/o sprinkler 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant load
b. Double acting doors view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening 90 degrees and exit way clear
width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width not < 1.10m
b. Dead Ends max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load of 50 or less may be
90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
c. Winding Stairways narrower side of the thread 150mm 300mm
d. Circular Stairways used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings straight run max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps width 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
b. Openings on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < hour fire resistive. Except
openings > 3.00m may be unprotected
c. Exit signs illumination not < 10.7 lux at the floor level
10. Aisles
a. Width not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles shall not < 1.10m
b. Exit Distance
1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not > 45.00m
2. Exit doors clear width 1.70m if 30 seats bet aisles and 1m distance of seat back to back
c. Slope max of 1:8
a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of < 45 degrees, if
located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass not exceed 625mm
- corrugated wire glass - 1.5m
- glass no wired 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass if ridge doesnt exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area have wire mesh

381/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

256

257

258

259

260

1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc. w/c has an occupant
load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or assembly halls w/
occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles

1. Construction and Test shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of
water pressure
2. Size 900 liters water per minute
3. Number Required every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is 950m or less, equipped
w/ 1 dry standpipe.
4. Siamese Connections:
2 way 100mm dry standpipe
3 way 125mm
4 way 150mm
Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade
5. Outlets standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2 way standpipes 63mm
outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)

1. Size Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above the floor.
3. Water Supply street main not < 100mm in diameter
4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm connected to street
main w/ not < 100mm diameter

1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
3. Window Grilles
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m

1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.


2. Non load-bearing partition walls.
3. Interior portion of a house
4. Replacement of windows
5. Replacement of flooring
6. Perimeter fence & walls
7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures
8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices

382/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

261

262

263

any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise


Specific Provisions:
1. Business Signs max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.
2. Ground Signs shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting outdoor signs
10.00m away from PL
3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires
4. Wall Signs not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/ combustible materials shall
not exceed 4.00sq.m. area
5. Temporary Signs
a. Steamers lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement
6. Administrative Provisions
a. Exemptions sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.

1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line & the outermost face of
bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width separating bet arcaded portion
and open portion of sidewalk
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not exceeding 100mm

1.1. Primary Lines min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 7.5m from the top of the
shoulder/sidewalk
1.2. Secondary Lines min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement

264

a. Fire Hydrants not < 5m


b. Curbs not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway

265

a. Clearances Over Roof Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of roofs

266

267

4.1 New Building load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less than 200mm, 300mm
load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface constructed of HCB shall have a coating of
cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm. Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.

5.1 Ventilation Openings


5.1.1. Size not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net are shall not be <
0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA
5.1.2. Drainage vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/ drain

383/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
268

269

270

271

272

273

6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor rating

1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype elevators.
1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm
1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger elevator shall be kept
on 24 hour constant service.

2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall not exceed the width
of the steps by more than 330mm.
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.

3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside w/ distance not <
3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at least 5m above the
eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding water, 1 steam driven
and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water heating
surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves are required.

4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM temperature at an air
movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be provided for every .04536kg
of ammonia in the system.
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground

5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a
storm drain and be fully covered.
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank unfired pressure vessel

384/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

274

275

276

277

278

6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes may be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure White
Exhaust System Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping Green
Oil Division Delivery Brass or Bronze
Discharge Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes Black
Fittings - Black

erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line.


4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway
4.2 Railings not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street and ends of the
canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.
4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its length

G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas

6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use of pedestrians).
Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall be allowed
6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings not < 1m in height

279

7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its length

280

8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles exceed 1.2m height,
material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back.

281

282

9.1 All buildings 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.


9.2 In every construction at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or dry fire extinguisher.
9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such hydrant/connection bet it and the
center of the street.

10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be provided w/ a
physician/nurse.

283

11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors average light intensity not < 2 foot candles.
11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used 5 foot candles.

284

shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height

385/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

285

286

287

288

289

290

13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height


13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/ handrails & toe boards.
Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.
13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of such floors
13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide.
13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days.
13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m
13.7 Temporary stairs (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm nor more than 660mm)
2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not < 762mm long

14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks


14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3
14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, runways/ramps shall be provided
w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart
14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings

15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.


15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the end shall not < 150mm
15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to sustain @ least 6 times the
max load
15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground
15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform

16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used for loading &
unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the edges of openings, guard rails not <
910mm high placed not < 600mm.
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high

17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate rail shall be provided
bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed
to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per meter
17.2 Toe Boards shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Wood shall not < 25mm
nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not
more than 1.20m apart.

18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations w/ are more than 6m
above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matls
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the upper side
18.5 Openings into matls/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protect by a substantial
guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor

386/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

291

292

293

294

Private Open Space Requirements


% OF OPEN SPACE
TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other
a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road) 50% 25%
b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15%
c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of seashores, etc) 5% 5%

unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed from the ground
upward.
a. Inner court bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open space
c. Through court bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides bounded by other
open space.
Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced to not < 1.50m in
cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not <
3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall be < 3.00m
Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate of 300mm

Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings


ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR
30M & above 10m 3m
25-29m
8m
3m
20-24m
6m
10-19m
4m
2m
Below 10m
2m

2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use & 50% of each of the
non-dominant
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises

295

Average automobile parking size

296

Truck or bus

387/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

297

298

299

1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots not more than 100sq.m
Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and storage bins 1 car slot/1,000
sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant

1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character


2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer
3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years
4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction
1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
Dwellings native materials
Cost doesnt exceed P15,000

300

Null & Void not commenced in a period of 1 year


Abandoned work for 120 days

301

P.D.. 1096

302

Maximum height of a combustible stand.

303

Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back.

304

Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle.

305

Maximum slope of an aisle.

388/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
306

In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back.

307

Minimum width of any seat.

308

Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.

309

Minimum clear width of an exit doorway.

310

Maximum width of an exit door leaf.

311

Minimum width of an exit corridor.

312

Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than 10

313

Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999.

314

Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain

315

Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials.

316

Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler.

317

Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials.

318

Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques.

319

Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade.

320

Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway.

321

Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace.

322

Minimum number of exit for a projection room.

323

Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof.

324

Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof.

325

Minimum thickness of glass used for floors.

326

Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next.

389/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
327

Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300.

328

Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand.

329

Minimum width of a run in a stand stair.

330

Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back.

331

Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back.

332

Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle.

333

Minimum intensity of lights for exits.

334

Minimum width of side aisles.

335

Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter.

336

Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side.

337

Open space requirement for an interior lot.

338

Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot.

339

Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

340

Minimum stair width for a residence.

341

Standard minimum area of a toilet.

342

Minimum dimension of a kitchen.

343

Minimum area for vent shafts.

344

Air space requirement for a school room per person.

345

Air space requirement for a habitable room per person.

346

Minimum area of opening of an air duct.

347

Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at least 2.40 mts. In
depth.

390/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
348

Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk.

349

Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50.

350

Minimum width of a temporary walkway.

351

Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk.

352

Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width.

353

Minimum horizontal dimension of a court.

354

Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court.

355

Standard air space requirement per person for factories.

356

Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine.

357

Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums.

358

Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation.

359

Minimum dimension for a vent shaft.

360

Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee.

361

Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground.

362

Minimum height of a construction fence.

363

Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy.

364

Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction.

365

Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection.

366

Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

367

Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms.

368

Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

391/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
369

Maximum dimension of a stair landing.

370

Maximum slope of an exit court.

371

Minimum width of run for circular stair.

372

Minimum headroom clearance for any stair.

373

Maximum slope for an exit passageway.

374

Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground.

375

Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose.

376

Minimum number of exit for any stage.

377

Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof.

378

Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress.

379

Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies.

380

Maximum length of glass for jalousies.

381

Minimum width of exit in a stage.

382

Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights.

383

A store window in which goods are displayed.

384

Maximum width of a business sign.

385

Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires.

386

Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot.

387

Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step.

388

Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp.

389

Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair.

392/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
390

Standard turn circle of a wheelchair.

391

Office building parking ratio.

392

Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot.

393

Hotel building parking ratio.

394

Hospital building parking ratio.

395

Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served.

396

Colleges and university parking ratio.

397

Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.

398

Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for auditoriums.

399

Minimum width of a dropped curb.

400

Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator.

401

Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building.

402

Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable.

403

Minimum door width for an accessible elevator.

404

Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall.

405

Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably.

406

Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled.

407

Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential)

408

Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation.

409

Minimum area of rooms for human habitation.

410

Least dimension of rooms for human habitation.

393/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
411

Least dimension of an air duct.

412

Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below the grade line.

413

Minimum width of an exit door.

414

Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors

415

Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants.

416

Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants.

417

Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails.

418

Minimum run of a winding stair.

419

Maximum run of a winding stair.

420

Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step.

421

Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail.

422

Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides.

423

Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle.

424

Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it.

425

Maximum width of seat in a stand.

426

Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof.

427

Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof.

428

Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials.

429

Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials.

430

Minimum firebox wall thickness.

431

Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls.

394/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
432

minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls.

433

Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes.

434

Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide.

435

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection.

436

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection.

437

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection.

438

Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide.

439

Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe.

440

Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening.

441

Standard length of a fire hose.

442

Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building.

443

Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve.

444

Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade.

445

Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk.

446

Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk.

447

Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire.

448

Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width.

449

Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade.

450

Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade.

451

Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk.

452

Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above.

395/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
453

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when crossing the highway.

454

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the side of the highway.

455

Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street.

456

Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof.

457

Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

458

Maximum area of a dumbwaiter.

459

Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which they might be reached.

460

Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its point of attachment to
than building or pedestal.

461

Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street.

462

Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter.

463

Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac.

464

Unit area per occupant for dwellings.

465

Unit area per occupant for Hotels.

466

Unit area per occupant for offices and garages.

467

Unit area per occupant for class rooms.

468

Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors.

469

Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children.

470

Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor.

471

Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria.

472

Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs.

473

Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room.

396/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
474

Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like.

475

Parking requirement for Hotels.

476

Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, and the like.

477

Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area.

478

Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area.

479

Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area.

480

Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.

481

Parking requirement for motels.

482

Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.

483

Parking requirement for colleges and universities.

484

Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools.

485

In BP344, the required width of a corridor.

486

Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street.

487

Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb.

488

Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts.

489

Maximum slope of a ramp.

490

Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served.

491

Preferred width of corridor for the disabled.

492

Maximum height of a water closet from the floor.

493

Preferred height of switches from the floor.

494

Minimum height of a switch from the floor.

397/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
495

Maximum height of a switch from the floor.

496

Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled.

497

In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail.

498

Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair.

499

Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs.

500

One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one
family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.

501

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the ground or soil.

502

A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

503

A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one family for living,
sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.

504

A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.

505

A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 1.20 mts or more above
the level of the main floor.

506

The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney.

507

A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in
conjunction with a chimney.

508

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.

509

Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.

510

The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction.

511

Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction intended for the
storage of valuables.

512

A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.

513

The unit area per occupant for hotels.

514

The unit area per occupant for dining establishments.

515

The unit area per occupant for theaters.

398/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
516

A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement
for a period of.

517

Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall have a minimum width
of

518

Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person?

519

Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said
building to a public street a width of.

520

Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than how many
millimeters in width?

521

Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal clearance between
the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall not be less than.

522

Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

523

Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

524

Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

525

Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

526

Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

527

Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end.

528

In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is.

529

Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the

530

top and bottom of any ramp.

531

Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall?

532

Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?

533

Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?

534

Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall?

535

Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall?

536

Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels.

399/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
537

Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served.

538

Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200 meters of structure.

539

Parking requirement for amusement centers.

540

Parking requirement for markets.

541

Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.

542

Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area.

543

Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area.

544

Parking requirement for places of worhip.

545

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts.

546

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width.

547

Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts.

548

Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts.

549

Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall?

550

Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?

551

Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive
materials.

552

Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?

553

Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?

554

Standard length of a Wheelchair.

555

Standard width of a wheelchair.

556

How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a wheelchair.

557

How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for wheelchair users.

400/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
558

Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are the basic planning
requirements of BP344.

559

Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300.

560

R.A. 7277

561

A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms.

562

A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc.

563

The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
standards and requirements which is the

564

Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in

565

Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than

566

Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than

567

Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is

568

Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is

569

Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is

570

Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
to the face of the building is

571

Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
in the form of

572

Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than

573

Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of

574

Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
occupancy classification?

575

Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
sidewalk

576

577

Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?
Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
worldwide practice follow the

401/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
578

Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is

579

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least

580

Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
many?

581

Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds?

582

Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
with a minimum width of

583

Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
inside non-corner single frontage lot?

584

Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification

585

Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

586

Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
under occupancy classification?

587

Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
area of room?

588

Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
many meters in length?

589

Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
of not less than what fraction of?

590

Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
space per person of

591

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is

592

Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than?

593

Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
for every how many units?

594

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have

595

Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of

596

Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification

597

Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

598

Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

402/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
599

Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

600

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

601

Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly
connecting said building to a public street a width of

602

Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person?

603

Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
of 25-29 m shall be

604

Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
suspended at any time after commencement or a period of

605

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is

606

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is

607

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is

608

Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

609

Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

610

Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

611

Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses?

612

Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at

613

Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of

614

Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from

615

Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening equal to at least how
many percent of the floor area of the room?

616

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of

617

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is

618

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is

403/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
619

Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a building or a portion
thereof at any one time is

620

Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________

621

Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum _________

622

Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________

623

Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________

624

Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________

625

An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________

626

Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley

627

Parking ratio of Private Hospital

628

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot?

629

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot?

630

Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and below it.

631

What is the minimum Kitchen size?

632

What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)?

633

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot?

634

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot?

635

Least dimension for Toilet and Bath?

636

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than __________
measured from the floor to ceiling.

637

What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator?

638

Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and should be easy to
locate with the aid of signs.

639

Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________.

404/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
640

Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person.

641

How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway?

642

A bar which extends across at least the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to
pressure.

643

Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

644

Contractors License law

645

Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well as the enforcement of
orders?

646

A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

647

The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for habitation / use or
within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.

648

The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the establishment grade and the first
of a typical floor of the building / structures tower component.

649

The stone or marker at the head of a grave.

650

How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building?

651

How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building?

652

A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed 50% of the area of the
yard.

653

What pipe color is for Hot Water?

654

What pipe color is for Cold Water?

655

The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal.

656

The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than __________ meters per
minute.

657

Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________

658

Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully compressed buffers, a
clearance of not less than __________ remains between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.

659

How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it?

405/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
660

. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over 14.00 meters

661

Water Code of the Philippines

662

What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement?

663

Escalators width shall not be less than __________

664

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the RROW?

665

Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than
_________ in width.

666

What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac?

667

Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________

668

What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of egress?

669

Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height clearance of
__________ above the roof.

670

What is the minimum setback for residential-1?

671

What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and above?

672

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW?

673

What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot?

674

What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot?

675

Roof The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection.

676

Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least
__________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.

677

What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near major intersections?

678

A store window in which goods are displayed.

679

A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and become null and void if the
building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of _________

406/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
680

A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if after final inspection
and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.

681

What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms?

682

Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-storey wall used as
protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

683

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.

684

All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.

685

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls over opening.

686

The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.

687

A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

688

The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.

689

A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than __________ guest rooms where
rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.

690

The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

691

The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal.

692

. A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.

693

The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.

694

What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating capacity?

695

Pertaining to the measurement of the human body.

696

An exit, or a means of going out.

697

Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________

698

All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________

699

Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________

700

The Fire Code of the Philippines

407/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
701

Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________ to prevent water from
collecting at the walkway.

702

The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________

703

Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________

704

What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways?

705

Minimum walkway headroom should be __________

706

Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________

707

The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater than __________
above the adjacent surface.

708

Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated,
obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within the area.

709

What is the minimum length of a chaflans?

710

Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth and a 1.50m width.

711

The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall provided with landing not
less than 1.50m

712

What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level?

713

Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________

714

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard specification of the
__________ of the Department of Trade and Industry.

715

The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

716

The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

717

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building / structure within
__________ meter radius.

718

What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use condominium buildings /
structures if the unit gross area is 18 40 m2?

719

In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of __________cm 50 cm

408/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
720

In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height above the road or gutter.

721

Which does the building code regulate and control?

722

Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public Works, Transportation and
Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?

723

Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code?

724

What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does not commence with in
one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is suspended for more than one year; III - when
construction is suspended for six months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of
120 days :::

725

Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building permit?

726

What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?

727

Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken?

728

Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy?

729

What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated

730

What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated?

731

The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room.

732

An off premise sign.

733

In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___.

734

When means of exit is insufficient.

735

Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or structure.

736

Change from residential to commercial use of a building.

409/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
737

Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable.

738

Comfortable cool temperature is _____

739

What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code?

740

Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach and departure zones of
airports?

741

Which is not required in applying for a building permit?

742

Which is the most important basic need of human settlement?

743

What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled?

744

Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed objects such as buildings
and
nonbuilding structures.

745

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the provision of the code in
the field
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

746

This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two terraced flats or row houses
so
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built at different times.

747

Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner association for
preliminary
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.

748

Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for


downspouts.

749

Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.

750

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable


window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

751

Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.

752

Required number of water closets for males for an


auditorium serving 16-35.

753

Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving


10-50.

754

Required number of water closets for females for a


theater serving 51-100.

755

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary


and secondary school.

410/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
756

Ratio of water closets for female population for


elementary and secondary school.

757

Ratio of urinals for elementary school.

758

Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal


Worship Places.

759

Minimum required number of water closets for female for


office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

760

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to


poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of
occupants

761

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the


car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

762

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and


counterweight rope.

763

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an


escalator.

764

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator


along the angle of travel.

765

Defining open space in residential subdivision

766

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake


low and middle income mass housing production

767

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from


lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a
minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof
and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of
the abutting living units?

768

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

769

This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that


have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of
the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,
& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,
other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board
of Architecture?

770

BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

771

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium


Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may
meters away from the building it serves?

411/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
772

PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving


flammable liquids and gasses?

773

Minimum exit door width.

774

Minimum floor to ceiling height.

775

Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

776

Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

777

Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

778

Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

779

Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

780

Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

781

Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

782

Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

783

Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

784

Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

785

Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

786

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

787

Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

788

Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

789

Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

790

Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

791

Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

792

Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

793

Minimum height of a guard rail.

794

Maximum height of a guard rail.

795

Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

412/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
796

Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

797

Minimum width of a class A ramp.

798

Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

799

Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

800

Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

801

Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

802

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

803

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

804

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

805

Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

806

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

807

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

808

Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

809

Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

810

Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

811

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.

812

Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

813

Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

814

Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

815

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

816

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

817

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

818

Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

819

Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

413/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
820

Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

821

Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

822

Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

823

Occupant load per person for laboratories.

824

Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

825

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

826

Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

827

Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

828

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

829

Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

830

Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

831

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.

832

A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

833

Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

834

A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

835

A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

836

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and
condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

837

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

838

Temperature rating at flash point.

839

A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

840

The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

841

Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

842

A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

843

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with
air.

414/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
844

A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

845

Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

846

Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

847

Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

848

For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

849

Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

850

Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

851

Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

852

Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

853

Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

854

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

855

Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

856

Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

857

Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

858

Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

859

Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

860

Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

861

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.

862

Maximum height of a handrail.

863

A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

864

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.

865

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of
the immediate surrounding.

866

Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

867

Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

415/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
868

Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

869

Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

870

Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

871

Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

872

Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

873

Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

874

Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

875

Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

876

Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

877

Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

878

Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

879

Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

880

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

881

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

882

Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

883

Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

884

Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

885

Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

886

Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

887

Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

888

Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

889

Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

890

Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

891

Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

416/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
892

Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

893

Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

894

Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

895

Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

896

Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

897

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

898

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

899

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of
coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

900

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium
and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting
device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

901

A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

902

Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

903

Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

904

Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

905

Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

906

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

907

Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

908

Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

909

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

910

In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

911

Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

912

Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

913

Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

914

Occupant load per person for classrooms.

417/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
915

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside and shall be spaced ___
meters apart. (Educational)

916

Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

917

Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

918

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

919

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

920

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?

921

Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping
accommodations for hire.

922

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether or by any
other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment,

923

Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

924

Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

925

An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines

926

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils.

927

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP

928

Sanitary Engineering Law

929

An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber

930

Ammended Civil Engineering Law

931

Contractor's License Law

932

Condominium Act

933

Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC)

934

Magna Carta for Disabled Persons

935

Urban Development Housing Act of 1992

936

Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines

937

Interior Design Law

938

PRC Modernization Act of 2000

418/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
939

Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000

940

The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004)

941

Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973)

942

Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums

943

National Building Code

944

Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977)

945

Fire Code of the Philippines

946

Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions

947

Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning

948

Government Infrastructure Contracts

949

Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros

950

Economic and Socialized Housing

951

Accessibility Law

952

set offs explosives

953

explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material

954

plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base

955

flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F

956

liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter

957

produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings

958

in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire

959

first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less

960

extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current

961

a hot piece or lump after a material is burned

962

active principle of burning

419/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
963

minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air

964

a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions

965

stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion

966

a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined

967

materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion

968

descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

969

impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element

970

melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals

971

interior lot

972

inside lot

973

corner/through lots

974

3 sides public open space

975

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW

976

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW

977

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE

978

minimum open space requirement from density 60-100

979

minimum size of pocket parks

980

potable water supply per capita per day

981

if independent from the developer

982

far away from pollution or source of contamination

983

difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation

984

not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing

985

minimum lot area- single detached

986

minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot

420/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
987

minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse

988

minimum lot frontage- single detached

989

minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot

990

minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse

991

maximum block length

992

provide an alley

993

maximum block length provided by an alley

994

maximum block length provided by pathwalk

995

height limitation

996

minimum horiizontal dimension of courts

997

minimum size of passageway or street

998

floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit

999

minimum ceiling heights

1000

minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine

1001

mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in %

1002

minimum door clear height

1003

minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom

1004

opening of main door

1005

service door/bedroom

1006

bathroom

1007

window opening and floor area

1008

window opening and floor area of bathroom

1009

stairway clear width

1010

maximum riser height

421/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1011

minimum tread width

1012

headroom clearances

1013

maximum height between landings

1014

maximum number of risers w/o handrail

1015

handrail measurement

1016

minimum clearance of handrail to wall

1017

minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side

1018

maximim variation in tread and risers

1019

maximim distance between landings required of ladder

1020

electrical requirements

1021

2 units abut each other is re required of

1022

non residential shall not exceed from residential

1023

minimum distance between two dwelling units

1024

minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units

1025

minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1026

minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1027

minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1028

minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1029

minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1030

minimum parking requirement

1031

minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units

1032

exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less

1033

for every additional occupant load of 25

1034

maximum exit of travel

422/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1035

maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher

1036

maximum dead end corridors

1037

maximum corridor of an interior corridor

1038

maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation

1039

clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units

1040

maximum landing width; equal to run

1041

with 3.00 m width of stair

1042

with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width

1043

above the nosing or tread

1044

maximum distance of travel when above one storey

1045

for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3

1046

headroom clearances

1047

lifespan of indigeneous materials

1048

a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles

1049

a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways

1050

a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units

1051

a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire

1052

a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall

1053

a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement

1054

shall cover of each phase

1055

min. lot sizes rowhouse

1056

min. lot sizes duplex

1057

min. lot sizes single detached

1058

Frontage Model A and B

423/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1059

Frontage Model C

1060

Frontage irregular lot

1061

Frontage rowhouse

1062

Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block

1063

Frontage maximim length of blocklength

1064

DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS

1065

dwelling unit (household)

1066

occupancy unit (single)

1067

parking slot

1068

not more than the building it serves

1069

parks and playground

1070

4 floors

1071

5-6 floors

1072

7 floors and up

1073

required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm

1074

features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function

1075

a small recess space in a room or a wall

1076

a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate mobility of wheelchair

1077

the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio

1078

a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels

1079

a paved footwalk at the side of the street

1080

a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor materials meet

1081

an exterior passage for walking along

1082

width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety

424/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1083

maximum dimension of turn about spaces

1084

maximum distance between restop

1085

width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair

1086

entrance depth w/ vestibule

1087

structural opening of door entrances

1088

clear opening of door entrances

1089

minimum dimension of floor area of toilet

1090

minimum dimension of floor area of elevator

1091

minimum width of door elevator

1092

centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches

1093

maximum gradient of ramp

1094

maximum length for 1:12 ramp

1095

minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp

1096

level area at the top and bottom of any ramp

1097

handrail level on both edges

1098

length of extension in a handrail from ramp

1099

height of curbs in a ramp

1100

parking slot width

1101

maximum height of tresholds

1102

provision of one fountain

1103

height of the rim of the fountain from the floor

1104

unobstructed clear space for public telephones

1105

height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth

1106

clear opening of telephone booths

425/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1107

regular buses

1108

air conditioned bus

1109

passenger trains

1110

passenger airplanes

1111

4-50 seating capacity

1112

51-300 seating capacity

1113

301-500 seating capacity

1114

a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him proceed with the
construction

1115

all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place of components of a
building or structure

1116

any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding

1117

installation of all components of a building or structure

1118

construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning, location, size of
openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase its overall area thereof

1119

any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its aesthetic quality

1120

a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has different requirement

1121

remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original condition

1122

the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position to another, either on
the same lot or to either one

1123

sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part

1124

a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to that of the main
building

426/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

427/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

428/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.71 mtr.
2.30 mts.
0.19 mtr.
2.75 mts.
2.00 mts.
0.28 sqm.
4
46.00 mts.
61.00 mts.
0.83 mtr.
14
7
60 cms.
91 cms.
2.00 mts.
56 cms.
112 cms.
3
76 cms.
38 mm.
91 cms.
106 cms.
7.50 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
20.3 cms
1floor
55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.

429/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

15.25 cms.
30.5 cms.
22.9 cms.
3.66 mts.
2.13 mts.
1.98 mts.
3
50-300
2
30 mts.
30 mts.
31 mts.
2.5 cms.
91 cms.
1.00 mtr.
76 cms.
1.80 mts.
2.44 mts.
1.83 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
4.60 sqm.
Institutional
Assembly
Assembly
Business
Picking rooms.
High rise building
Explosive magazine

430/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Plenum
Fulminate
Phyrophoric
Oxidizing material
Forging
Distillation
Dust
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Class B
Boiling Point
4 hrs.
Duct System
Flash Point
Fumigant
4.50 mts.
1.80 mts.
3.70 mts.
1.50 mts.
15.00 mts.
23.00 mts.
3.00 mts.
9 cms.
71 cms.
20.5 cms.
7 kgs.
112 cms.
76 cms.
20
61 cms.

431/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

91 cms.
25 mm
86.5 cms.
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Fire resistance rating
Cryogenic
30.50 mts.
Assembly
Institutional
Business
Industrial
Mercantile
71 cms.
1
1.50 mts.
3.66 mts.
15 mts.
763 cms.
19 cms.
20 cms.
112 cms.
91 cms.
38 mm.
25 mm.
3.70 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
76 cms.
10-17%

432/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

No limit
3.66 mts.
1.20 mts.
55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
3.66 mts.
23 mts.
Class D
Class A
Dip Tank

Automatic Fire
Suppression System

Means of Egress
5.00 mts.
Assembly
Business
1.22 mts.
22.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
25 cms.
60 oC
0.83 mtr.
30 cms.
(1:8) 12.5%
63.5 mm.
1.8 sqm.

76.25 mts.

433/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

76.25 mts.

55 cms.
82 cms.
2.44 mts.
1.83 mts.
465 sqm.
Hotel
Apartment Buildings
3
12
BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE
NITRATE/NITRO
CELLULOSE
PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE,
FLAMMABLE OR
INFLAMMABLE

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
CURTAIN BOARD
CRYOGENIC
DAMPER
DISTILLATION
DUCT SYSTEM
DUST

Electrical Arc

434/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Ember
Fire
Fire Trap
Fire alarm
Fire Door
FIRE HAZARD
Fire Lane
FIRE PROTECTIVE & FIRE
SAFETY DEVICE
FIRE SAFETY
CONSTRUCTIONS
Flashpoint
Forging
Fulminate
HAZARDOUS
OPERATIONS/PROCESS
HORIZONTAL EXIT
Hose BOX
Hose Reel
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
INDUSTRIAL BAKING &
DRYING
JUMPER
OCCUPANCY
OCCUPANT
Organic Peroxide
Overloading
Owner
OXIDIZING MATERIAL
PRESSURIZED/FORCED
DRAFT BURNING
EQUIPMENT
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
BUILDING

435/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Public Way
PYROPHORIC
Refining
SELF-CLOSING DOORS
Smelting
Sprinkler system
STANDPIPE SYSTEM

VESTIBULE
VERTICAL SHAFT
AUTOMATIC FIRE
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
Boiling Point
Class A Fire
Class B Fire
Class C Fire
Class D Fire
COMBINATION STANDPIPE
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER
LOOSE HOUSE
Dip Tank
Dry Standpipe
EXPLOSIVE MAGAZINE

FIRE ALERTING SYSTEM


FIRE PROTECTIVE
ASSEMBLY
FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

FireWall
Flame Spread Rating
FLAME RETARDANT
HAZARDOUS FIRE AREA

436/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

HIGHRISE BUILDING
MEANS OF EGRESS

OccupantLoad
ORGANIC COATING
PANIC HARDWARE
PICKING ROOMS

plenum
SMOKE DEVELOPED
RATING
1 HOUR FIRE
RESISTANCE RATING
2 HOUR FIRE
RESISTANCE RATING

15 m

Minimum Requirements for


Group A Dwellings

Size & Dimensions of


Courts

Ceiling Heights

437/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Size and Dimension of


Rooms
Air Space Requirements in
Determining the Size of
Rooms
Location on Property
Window Openings
Vent Shafts

Minimum Reqts in Air


Changes

Projection into Alleys or


Streets

Arcades

Canopies (Marquees)

Movable Awnings or
Hoods

Doors & windows

Corner Bldgs. with


Chaflans

Temporary Walkway

Pedestrian Protection

3o days

438/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

48 hrs.
Enclosure of Vertical
Openings

Roof Construction and


Covering

Skylights

439/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fire-Extinguishing
Systems

b. Dry Standpipes for


bldgs. w/ 4 or more storeys

c. Wet Standpipes

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
a. Minor Constructions:

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
b. Repair

440/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Signs

Arcades & Sidewalks

1. Location of Poles and


Clearances of Power Lines
along Public Roads.
2. Clearance of Supporting
Structures such as Poles,
Towers and others

3. Clearance of Service
Drops

Provisions for Transformer


Vaults

Ventilation Openings

441/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Capacitors

Elevators

Escalators

Boilers & pressure Vessels

Refrigeration and Air


Conditioning

5. Water pumping for


Bldg./Structures

442/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Pipings

Fence

Canopy

5. Protective Nets/Screen

6. Walkways & Railings

7. Precautionary Measures

8. Storage of Materials

9. Fire Protection

10. Sanitation & First Aid


11. Temporary Light &
Power
12. Hoist Towers

443/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

13. Ladders & Temporary


Stairways

14. Runways & Ramps

Scaffolds

Floor Openings

17. Guard Rails & Toe


Boards

18. Chutes

444/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Private Open Space


Requirements

Courts

2. Parking Requirement
Computation:

2.40x5.00m perpendicular
or diagonal, 2.00x6.00m
for parallel
Min of 3.60m by 12.00m

445/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Parking & Loading Space


Requirements

QUALIFICATIONS OF
BUILDING OFFICIAL

Exemptions of Bldg.
Permit

Validity of Building Permits

National Building Code


2.70 mts.
0.85 mtr.
45.00 mts.
One is to Eight (1:8)

446/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.84 mtr.
0.45 mtr.
1,300 sqmm / 1.30 sqm.
0.70 mtr.
1.20 mts.
1.10 mts.
2
3
0.30 mtr.
250.00 sqm
1.80 mts.
750.00 sqm.
Ga. 18
300 mm
300 mm
200 mm
2
600 mm
2" / 50 mm
12.5 mm
400 mm / 0.40 mtr.

447/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3
0.90 mtr
0.28 mtr.
0.75 mtr.
0.60 mtr.
1.70 mts.
10.70 lux
1.10 mts.
30 mm
800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
50% of lot area
10% of lot area
Inner court
750 mm / 0.75 mtr.
1.20 sqm.
1.50 mts.
1.00 sqm.
3.00 cum.
14.00 cum.
300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm
300 mm

448/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00 mts.
0.90 mtr.
1.20 mts.
3.00 mts.
Setback
2.00 mts.
1.20 mts.
12.00 cum.
1.80 mts.
0.30 cum
10% of flr. Area
0.60 mtr.
300 mm
2.40 mts.
2.40 mts.
600 kgs./sqm.
1.00 mtr.
120 kgs./sqm.
0.90 mtr.
2.70 mts.
0.80 mtr.

449/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.20 mts.
One is to ten (1:10)
250 mm
2.00 mts.
One is to Eight (1:8)
1.20 m
6.00 mts.
2
1.20 mts.
750 mm
5.60 mm
1.20 mts.
900 mm
2.50 mts.
Show window
1.20 mts.
1.00 mtr.
10% of lot area
300 mm
One is to ten (1:10)
2

450/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.50 mts.
1:125 sqm. Of gross floor
area
2.40 X 5.00 mts.
1:10 bedrooms
1:25 beds
60.00 mts.
1:5 classrooms
1:50 sqm. Of spectators'
area
4
0.90 mtr.
1.10 X 1.40 mts.
30.00 mts.
1.40 mts.
0.80 mtr.
1.70 X 1.80 mts.
1.60 mts.
3.70 mts.
200 mm
2.10 mts.
6.00 sqm.
2.00 mts.

451/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

300 mm
500 mm
0.90 mts.
200 mm
1.10 mts.
750 mm
100 mm
150 mm
300 mm
5 mm
3.00 mts.
1.00 mts.
7
300 mm
480 mm
8.40 mts
one third (1/3)
100 mm
300 mm
250 mm
150 mm

452/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

200 mm
4
900 liters/minute
4" (100mm)
5" (125mm)
6" (150mm)
190 liters/minute
2" (50mm)
2 1/2" (63mm)
23.00 mts
6.00 mts.
38 mm (11/2")
1.00 mtr.
5.00 mts.
3.00 mts.
120 days
0.80 mtr.
500 mm
6.00 mts.
1/3 - 1/4
One is to Eight (1:8)

453/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

10.00 mts.
7.5 mts.
7.5 mts.
2.50 mts.
1.20 mts.
3,861 sqcms.
3.00 mts.
3.00 mts.
5.50 mts.
277 kgs.
3.00 mts.
28.00 sqm.
18.6 sqm.
9.30 sqm.
1.80 sqm.
5.60 sqm.
3.25 sqm.
2.80 sqm.
8.40 sqm.
46.50 sqm.
28.00 sqm.

454/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.65 sqm.
1 slot/5 rooms
1 slot/50 sqm. Of
spectators' area
1slot/8 units
1 slot/unit
1 slot/4 units
1 slot/100 sqm of gross
flr.area
1 slot/unit
1 slot/50 parking slots
1 slot/5 classrooms
1 slot/10 classrooms
1.20 mts.
1:20
1:12
12.00 mts.
1:12
60.00 mts.
1.50 mts.
0.50 mts.
1.10 mts.
0.90 mts.

455/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.20 mts.
3.70 mts.
0.70 mtr.
6.00 mts.
1.50 mts.
Dwelling unit
Footing
Course
Apartment
Barbecue
Balcony
Chimney connector
Fireplace
Girder
Helistop
Suportales
Vault
Cross wall
18.60 sqm.
1.40 sqm.
0.65 sqm.

456/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

120 days / 4 mos.


8.00 mts.
12.00 cum.
3.00 mts.
800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
500 mm
Business and mercantile
Industrial
Residentials, hotels and
apartments.
Storage and hazardous
Institutional
3.50 mts.
1:12

1.80 mts.

Institutional
Residentials, hotels and
apartments.
Business and mercantile
Industrial
Accessory
1 truck loading slot

457/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

60 mts.
20%
1/50 sqm of gross floor
area
1/150 sqm of shopping flr
area
1/100 sqm of shopping flr
area
1/living unit
1/8 living units
1/50 sqm of congregation
are
0.60 mtr.
1.00 mtr.
4.50 mts.
4.50 mts.
Accessory
Storage and hazardous
Industrial
Storage and hazardous
Business and mercantile
1.10 - 1.30 mts.
0.60 - 0.75 mts.
0.70 - 1.20 mts.
0.74 mts.

458/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Safety
4
Magna Carta for Disabled
Persons
Corridor
Curb
minimum
. Fire zones
1.20 mts
3.60 mts
a. 10%
20%
50%
2.00 mts
5.00 mts
3.00 mts
3.00 mts
business & mercantile
3.00 mts

20%

System International

459/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

750 mm
2.50x5.00
1.80 mts
25
2.00 mts
80%
institutional
storage& mercantile
industrial
10%
6.00 mts.
1/5.
14 cu. mts.
9.3 m2
185 sm.
5 units
750 mm
6 m2
business & mercantile
storage & hazardous
residential, hotels and
apartments

460/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

storage & hazardous

3.00 mts.
12 cu. mts.
8 mts.
120 days
65 m2
1.4 m2
18.6 m2
business & mercantile
residential, hotels &
apartments
storage & hazardous
50%
2.40 mts.
3.00 mts.
1/3 to

10%

200 mm.
4.6 m2
28 sm.

461/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

occupant load
3.70 mts.
2.50m x 5.00m
2.15m x 6.00m
3.00m x 9.00m
3.60m x 12.00m
3.60m x 18.00m
1 car : 4 alley
1 car : 12 beds
10% open space
10% open space
1.80m
3.00m2
2.00m
20% open space
50% open space
0.90m
2.40m
1.10m x 1.40m
30 m.
1.70m x 1.80m

462/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

6
2 or more
Panic hardware
Alter / Alteration
RA 4566
Building Officials
Inner court

Redevelopment

Podium

Headstone
16 up storey
1 5 Storey
Courtyard
Yellow
Green
30 degree
38 m./min.
20 deg C 24 deg C

600 mm.

4 Storey

463/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.50m
PD 1067
10.00m
560mm
200mm
800mm
9.15 m.
330 mm
820mm x 1000mm
400mm
4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00
8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m
300mm
. 5% open space
50% open space
120
250mm & 600mm
50.00m
Show Window

12 months

464/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

30 days

14.00m3
Arcade
Footing
Foundation
Girder
Helistop
Common Hall
Lintel
5
Masonry Socalo
Soffit
Bearing Wall
Curtain Wall
4
Anthropometrics
Egress
1.20m
0.80 m.
1.20m
PD 1185

465/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1:20
0.90m
1:12
12.00m
2.00 mts
0.10 m
0.35 m

Slum

4.00m
1.80m
6.00m
0.30m
3.00m

Bureau of Product
Standards

200 kg/m2
150 kg/m2
200
1 car : 2 units
30 cm.

466/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

25 mm.
Construction

formulate guidelines on
land-use planning and
zoning

Building Officials

I & IV

errors found in plans and


specifications

certificate of occupancy
gross floor area
Use
2.7 m.
2.10 m.
1.2 m2
advertising sign
1:50
Fire Hazard
Addition
Concersion

467/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Addition
20-23 centigrade
3 m.
Air Trans. Office
Bussiness Permit
Water
1:12

Building Codes

Building official

Party Walls

Local Ordinances

GA 26
15 cms.
0.90 mtr.
3
2
1
4
1:30

468/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1:25
1:75
1:75
4

1:5

600 mm
30 mm
558 mm
38 Meters/Min
PD 1296

Home Insurance &


Guarantee Corporation
(HIGC)

Firewall; fireblock

PD 957

CPD Provider

1 slot/family dwelling

100 meters

469/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Class B Fire
0.71 mtr.
2.30 mts.
0.19 mtr.
2.75 mts.
2.00 mts.
0.28 sqm.
4
46.00 mts.
61.00 mts.
0.83 mtr.
14
7
60 cms.
91 cms.
2.00 mts.
56 cms.
112 cms.
3
76 cms.
38 mm.
91 cms.
106 cms.
7.50 mts.

470/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

112 cms.
112 cms.
20.3 cms
1floor
55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.
15.25 cms.
30.5 cms.
22.9 cms.
3.66 mts.
2.13 mts.
1.98 mts.
3
50-300
2
30 mts.
30 mts.
31 mts.
2.5 cms.
91 cms.
1.00 mtr.
76 cms.
1.80 mts.
2.44 mts.

471/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.83 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
4.60 sqm.
Institutional
Assembly
Assembly
Business
Picking rooms.
High rise building
Explosive magazine
Plenum
Fulminate
Phyrophoric
Oxidizing material
Forging
Distillation
Dust
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Class B
Boiling Point
4 hrs.
Duct System
Flash Point

472/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fumigant
4.50 mts.
1.80 mts.
3.70 mts.
1.50 mts.
15.00 mts.
23.00 mts.
3.00 mts.
9 cms.
71 cms.
20.5 cms.
7 kgs.
112 cms.
76 cms.
20
61 cms.
91 cms.
25 mm
86.5 cms.
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Fire resistance rating
Cryogenic
30.50 mts.
Assembly

473/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Institutional
Business
Industrial
Mercantile
71 cms.
1
1.50 mts.
3.66 mts.
15 mts.
763 cms.
19 cms.
20 cms.
112 cms.
91 cms.
38 mm.
25 mm.
3.70 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
76 cms.
10-17%
No limit
3.66 mts.
1.20 mts.

474/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
3.66 mts.
23 mts.
Class D
Class A

Dip Tank

Automatic Fire
Suppression System

Means of Egress
5.00 mts.
Assembly
Business
1.22 mts.
22.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
25 cms.
60 oC
0.83 mtr.
30 cms.
(1:8) 12.5%
63.5 mm.
1.8 sqm.

475/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

76.25 mts.
55 cms.
82 cms.
2.44 mts.
1.83 mts.
465 sqm.
Hotel

Apartment Buildings

3
12
RA 0386
RA 0544
RA 0545
RA 1364
RA 1378
RA 1582
RA 4566
RA 4726
RA 6541
RA 7277
RA 7279
RA 8293
RA 8534
RA 8981

476/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

RA 9053
RA 9266
PD 0223
PD 0957
PD 1096
PD 1151
PD 1185
PD 1216
PD 1308
PD 1594
PD 1616
BP 220
BP 344
BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE NITRATE
PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
CRYOGENIC
DAMPER
DISTILLATION
ELECTRIC ARC
EMBER
FIRE

477/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FLASH POINT
FORGING
FULMINATE
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
OXIDIZING MATERIAL
PYROPHORIC
REFINING
SMELTING
50%
20%
10%
5%
3.50%
7%
9%
30%
100 sqm
43 li.
75 li
25 mts.
TYPE OF PAVEMENT
SLOPE
72 sqm
54 sqm

478/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

36 sqm
8m
6m
3.5 m
250 m
250 up to 400 m
150 m
100 m
2 STOREY
2.00 m
1.20 m
20 sqm
2.00 m
1.80 m
50%
2.00 m
1.80 m
.80 m
.70 m
.60 m
10 % opening
1 over 20
.60 m
.25 m

479/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

.20 m
2.00 m
3.60 m
4 steps
.80 m - 1.20 m
38 mm
150 mm
5 mm
1.80 m
1 light and 1 conv. outlet
4" thk fireblock
25%
4.00 m
1.5
6.00 m
2.00 m
10.00 m
6.00 m
1.00 m
1 for every 20 units
36.00 sqm
.80 m
plus .15 m
45.00 m

480/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

60.00 m
12 m
25%
15%
.90 m
1.20 m
one handrail
two handrails
.80 m - 1.00 m
24.00 m
one stairwell
2.00 m
25 years
ALLEY
BLOCK
CLUSTER HOUSING
FIREBLOCK
FIREWALL
PARTYWALL
10 hectares
50 sqm
150 sqm
100 sqm
10 m

481/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

8m
6m
4m
4.00 m
400 m

40 sqm
31 sqm
1 slot / unit
100 m
50 sqm/10 units 3
sqm/additional unit
optional
1 elevator
2 elevators
100 sqm
ACCESSIBLE
ALCOVE
CURB CUT OUT
GRADIENT OF RAMP
RAMP
SIDEWALK
THRESHOLD
WALKWAY
1.20 m

482/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.50 m
3.00 m
1.20 m
3.00 m
1.00 m
.80 m
1.70 m x 1.80 m
1.10 m x 1.40 m
.80 m
.90 m - 1.20 m
1:12
6.00 m
1.50 m
1.80 m
.70 and .90
.30 m
50 mm
3.70 m
2.5 mm
1 for 2,000 sqm
0.85 m
1.50 m x 1.50 m
1.10 m
.80 m

483/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5 seats
4 seats
6 seats
2 seats
2 seats
4 seats
6 seats
BUILDING PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION
ADDITON
ERECTION
ALTERATION
RENOVATION
CONVERSION
REPAIR
MOVING
DEMOLITION
ANCILLARY BUILDING

484/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

485/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

486/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
1

Defining open space in residential subdivision

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass housing production

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial capability of program
beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279).

Architectural programming is one of the architects services that falls under

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities


When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of Comprehensive Architectural
Services, it shall constitute?
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, & with exceptional or
recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;

10

BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work

11

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate
of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all
known defect of 60 days

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular architectural services for the
same project, he is compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.


This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the
whole range of architectural services.
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor
to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract
BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be
more how may meters away from the building it serves?

487/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
19

20

21

22

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the
field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto
Contract Documents shall be the property of the

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the contract.

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architects approval

23

are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials, methods, or systems.

24

shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for materials. Open specs may be
subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.

25

establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties. Such can not be changed
or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs writter or the architect

26

specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used for each specific work.

27

Combines two or more techniques.

28

Division 01 General Requirements


Division 02 Site Construction
Division 03 Concrete
Division 04 Masonry
Division 05 Metals
Division 06 Wood and Plastics
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division 08 Doors and Windows
Division 09 Finishes
Division 10 Specialties
Division11 Equipment
Division 12 Furnishings
Division 13 Special Construction
Division 14 Conveying Systems
Division 15 Mechanical
Division 16 Electrical

29

30

an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language as pertains to building
specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing in their Project Resource Manual, formerly
called the Manual of Practice (MOP).

The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for commercial and
institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and section numbers and titles within each
division, to be followed in organizing information about a facilitys construction requirements and associated
activities

488/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

31

Classes
A wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B flammable liquid and gases
C fire involving energized electrical equipment
D involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)

32

not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed)

33

air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected

34

neutralize or remove a fire hazard

35

it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke

36

the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed to flame

37

an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device

38

stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in

39

not allowed as a form of escape

40

41

signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised


paid illegal amount in the application
impersonation
aided an illegal practice

develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family income)
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units more affordable
without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection

42

Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection

43

defining open space

44

Condominium act

489/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the mechanism for its
implementation, and for other purposes
a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in resettlement areas by
making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic services, and employment opportunities;
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the following:

Environmental Impact Statement


prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the quality of the
environment a detailed statement on:
the environmental impact of the proposed action,
any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented;
alternative to the proposed action;
a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent with the maintenance
and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the same
whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding must be made that such
use and commitment are warranted.

Philippine Environmental Code


a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
bidding requirements
parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications

invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms

bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions

agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond, certificates of insurance

general conditions

(also called closed), specifies brand names, product,


proprietary specification the most restrictive
approved equal language,

(also called open), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the choice on how it will be
achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
descriptive like a recipe to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
reference standard reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC

490/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

55

complete, accurate and unambiguous


up to date references (standards)
do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)
use standards than can be measured
avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)
avoid and/or, etc.,
keep it short

56

one general contractor

57

major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors favor this but make
coordination difficult

58

used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs are available, other will
have to wait, this overlaps the design process

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

graphic presentation of work to be done

written and verbal description of work


changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds, correction of work, termination
or suspension of the contract
compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated damages, payment

changes before contract execution

changes after contract execution

Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure it is consistent with the
contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for payments and administers the project closeout
procedure

66

illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work, very detailed

67

physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and workmanship

68

brochure, charts, instructions

69

authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect prepares it, the owner
issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.

70

when the building is made ready for occupancy

491/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
71

when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule

72

a result of architects inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected

73

formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc

74

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban and rural communities,
optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection

75

provident savings fund for housing

76

generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market system

77

undertake housing development and resettlement

78

develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials

79

1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo Gardiner


National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings were registered as
architects)
1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)
1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)
1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted
1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects
1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated
1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations
1975 - United Architects of the Philippines

492/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

responsibilities toward the public


constructive civic service
preservation of heritage
uphold interest of its professional organization
abide by the code of ethical conduct
refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity
refrain from taking part in paid advertisement
introduce oneself by sample (no free design)
ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges
honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)
explain character of estimate
consider needs and stipulation of the client
charge the client
not undertake fixed contract sum
not accept payment from other source
refrain from business that would discredit oneself
make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)
architects error should not be absorbed by the contractor
promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor
not accept free engineering services or other freebies that would make him obligated
promptly act on request for payments

no freebies
avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame

no free architects services except small civic and charitable projects


not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee
not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating
not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest
not invade or conquer another architects project
notify original designers when undertaking renovation works
not maliciously talk about another architect
protect ones name from being used maliciously
sign only on plans one has prepared
treat well employees and subordinates
share technical information and experience
serve ones professional association
feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or analysis, site studies,
space studies, promotional services (marketing)
schematic design, design development, contract document, construction

87

interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts with data base
gathering end culminates with master development plan)

88

implements construction
hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts

493/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

involves the use of a revolving fund


savings and excesses are shared with conditions
50/50 split on savings
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.
full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractors work, record keeping)
construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality control and record keeping)

building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)


building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations)
post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved)
all in one
Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))
cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit
multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor, this is increased by a
multiplier for overhead and profit
percentage of construction cost
unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)
per diem plus reimbursable expense

revised RA 6541
BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment
fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)
drawings, specifications and estimates
lot plan
permit becomes null and void if:
construction does not commence within _______
suspended/ abandoned for ________

98

no building can be occupied without such certificate


no change in occupancy allowed
issued within 30 days after final inspection

99

Type I - wood construction


Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout
Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout
Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry
Type V - fire resistive

100

time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without collapsing, develop any
openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or exceeding specified temperature on the side away
from the fire

494/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

101

Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial
Category III - educational, social and institutional
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary

102

classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement

103

size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for toilets but not less than
0.24 m2)

104

ceiling heights (min):


2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m

105
2.7m ceiling height
106
1.8m Ceiling height
107

min. sizes and dimension of rooms


human habitation

108

Kitchen

109

bath/ toilet

110

installation in place

111

increasing height or area

112

changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without increasing area

113

physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics

114

Change in use

115

remedial work on damaged portion, restore

116

transfer of building or part

117

systematic dismantling

495/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
118

secondary building

119

permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building)

120

of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or division walls

121

the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space

122

area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person)

123

area between bottom of window sill and the ground

124

underside of a beam, lintel

125

an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top

126

refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that closes when subjected to
increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke detector.

127

three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge, must be fully enclosed
and protected, 1 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the building). These must lead to public way.

128

no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire

129

door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat extends across at least of
the the width of the door

130

131

132

an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project


can be prepared in various phases of the architects regular design services
area method
detailed
architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they do not have control
over the prices

sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation
the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical construction of the permanent
facility
directly based on building plans and specifications
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not

496/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

133

all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the orderly completion of the
installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)

134

under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work

135

inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part of the work

136

specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope; events that will increase the
cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order)
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in conditions, abnormal weather)

137

the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, labor, etc. over those
specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over time.

138

earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from sales of revenues

139

earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues

140

141

142

estimated by quantities and pricing


by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)
as a percentage of the cost of materials
acquisition, depreciation, rental,

143

10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment

144

usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost)

145

indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies

146

graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they must occur, duration,
earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest possible finishing time

497/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

147

** 5 days means immediately


** 7 days NTP notice to proceed
** 10 days request for materials and drawings
notice (stop, begin or resume)
** 15 days money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)
** 30 days arbitration
** 90 days government stoppage
** 120 days Building Permit (stoppage)
** 365 days Building Permit (without construction)
3 consecutive board examination failures
guaranteed bond
reinstatement
** 3 years renewal of license
** 15 years liability of architect to his project

148

15 % of contract amount

149

15% of Contract amount


- valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond

150

30% of contract amount


- valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance

151

completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation

152

substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after
certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defects of 60
days.

Doc 201 Pre- design Services


Doc 202 Design services
Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services
Doc 204 Construction Services
153

Doc 205 Post- Construction Services


Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural
Doc 207 Design- Build Services

Services

Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation


Doc 209 Competition Code
Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence

498/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

154

Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40%
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200
PD 1185 Fire Code
PD 1096 Building Code
PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision,
PD 23 Law that Created the PRC
PD 49 Intellectual Property Law

Bridges Protective Law

155
RA 545 The Architects Law
BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled
BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law

156

157

158

1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
or an equal approved by the architect
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product. Closed specifications are
usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same as a single product except that more than one
product is used. no other brand will be accepted
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified may bid. All
performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications are open if the phrase or equal
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

M-achines
M-oney
M-anpower
M-aterial
M-inutes
R-eference Horizontal, Vertical
E-xcavation min. depth .60m until stable w/ signature of the Architect, must have a permit
R-ebars
C-oncreting
F-inishes Mock up (samples)

499/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

159

160

161

162

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Proposal Fee 5%
Schematic Design 15%
Design Devt - 15%
Contract Docs - 50%
Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%
Proposal Fee 5%
Prelim Drawings - 25%
Final Drawings - 50%
Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect
G-eneral Conditions Execution, Intent satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation
A-greement
S-pecifications
S-pecial Provisions
D-rawings

UAP degree of difficulty/complexity of design


FCP risk of occurrence of Fire
NCP use and occupancy
1.

DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost

Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10% (if residential proj.) + 7%
= 17%
163

2.

DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost

a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client. However if the excess is
more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%

164

pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates)

165

validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government structure; excepted if
P15,000 proj. cost

166

affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment

167

is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is recognized by the law and
legal remedies can be provided.

168

limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract.

169

is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation including legal reasoning set
forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision which determines rights and obligations between the
parties involved.

500/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

170

There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be evidence that the
parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct manifesting their assent, and a contract will be
formed when the parties have met such a requirement.

171

is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to the other party.

172

only one party to the contract makes a promise.

173

is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing

174

is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words.

175

is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though they have not done
so expressly.

176

A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for the courts to remedy
situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she is not required to compensate the other.

177

If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no action in contract is
available if the statement proves to be wrong

178

A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a contract and which does
induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the
statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a
misrepresentation, whereupon other remedies are available.

179

A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the person who made the
statement. The test is an objective test.

180

is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project.

181

is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for a project, not yet
considering their cost.

182

is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the productivity of the
workers

183

is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item.

184

is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and specifications of construction
materials. Its aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of each material

185

is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible. Each component are
often described with specifications

501/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
186

is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area, volume, or bulk.

187

is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components .

188

The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time

189

The ____ ethically can order a change during construction anytime

190

____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation

191

An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture

192

The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the contract

193

The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents:

194

The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
prepared

195

There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:

196

Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of compensation is:

197

Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:

198

For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:

199

Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
practice architecture

200

PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning

201

____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional


organization.

202

The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
certificate of registrations

203

The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.

502/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
204

An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee or prevent

205

If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:

206

The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense of moral values are
formulated under the:

207

Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam:

208

As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of:

209

The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the:

210

____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction

211

____ shall mean furnish and install

212

The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____

213

PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____.

214

The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment:

215

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for


substitution is:

216

The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
____ projects

217

The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
project

218

The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
contractors bonds.

219

The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees.

220

Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend work/terminated
contract?

221

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the


owner.

503/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

222

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on


the needs and financial capability of program beneficiaries and
appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279).

223

Architectural programming is one of the architects services that


falls under:

224

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more


activities

225

It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of


systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product

226

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921


where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to
register as architects?

227

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the


whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall
constitute?

228

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?


a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages
b. Performance & Payment Bonds
c. Cost Records
d. Payments

229

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and


professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise
or specialization in any branch of architecture;

230

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the


architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion
after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.

231

Which of the following is NOT the architects responsibility in


relation to the contractor?

232

25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager


performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is
compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP
Documents?

233

The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is


to be released except for:

234

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from


date of Final Payment?

235

This services give full meaning to what the professional calls


comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of
architectural services.

504/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
236

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a


guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the
work in accordance with terms of the Contract.

237

The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for


the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth
housing unit?

238

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the


secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as
the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

239

Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to


suspend work?
a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR
b. Insubordination
c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of
contractor
d. All of the above

240

Contract Documents shall be the property of the

241

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &


general conditions of the contract.

242

Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction


documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included
forms except
a. Invitation to Bid
b. Wage Scales
c. Bond Form
d. Building Permit

243

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for


the architects approval

244

A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the


supervision of the work.

245

The third phase of an architect's regular services.

246

Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect.

247

Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.

248

The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from his fee for regular
design services.

249

What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code.

250

For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon submission of the final
design.

251

When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by the architect, the
architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.

505/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
252

The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert witness shall be.

253

The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building.

254

The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

255

The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

256

In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal liability for both the design
and construction on the.

257

The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the date of final payment.

258

Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract.

259

An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.

260

A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials, labor or both.

261

A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work accomplished.

262

A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in accordance with the terms
of the contract.

263

An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost.

264

The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration.

265

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution.

266

A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared.

267

The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of how many months
from the final acceptance of the work.

268

The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment.

269

How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final inspection of the project.

506/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
270

A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged damage or injury.

271

A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute.

272

A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless there is a written
memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.

273

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for
periodical compensation called 'rent'.

274

A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.

275

The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

276

The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

277

Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense.

278

This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.

279

Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false.

280

A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.

281

This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and other works which the
Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied services.

282

This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, and lawyers.

283

For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be located to allow
reimbursable expenses.

284

This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a series of projects.

285

The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of the ___.

286

Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate.

287

How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect?

507/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
288

Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final occupancy permit.

289

True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the lot lines, boundary lines,
easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the contractor for such works?

290

Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks?

291

Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the location of column
centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines, and other similar works required by the
contract.

292

Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor.

293

Professional fee for the Construction Manager.

294

Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- of-way?

295

At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay the latter beyond 30
days from receipt of billing?

296

What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain period of time.

297

What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is required, such as
conferences, joint venture activities, etc.?

298

What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract?

299

What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper works and is advantageous
to both client and architect.

300

Professional Fee for the Project Manager.

301

If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the Construction Manager?

302

True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility insofar as design and
construction is concerned.

303

His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of many of the anxieties
that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost and completion dates.

304

In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek opportunities for constructive
service in civic and urban affairs?

305

What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals.

508/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
306

Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and years of experience. His
action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?

307

Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding.

308

The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made out and submitted on
the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.

309

The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as a guarantee that the
bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the work, if the contract is awarded to him.

310

Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings, specifications, and/or
general conditions of the contract.

311

Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of construction.

312

Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent by registered mail to
the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of such individual, firm or corporation.

313

Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to commence and
complete the construction called for in the contract.

314

Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended use.

315

Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite.

316

Means to furnish and install.

317

No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of the contract has been
completed?

318

No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price.

319

The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price?

320

How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the preparation of the
schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?

321

Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts.

322

Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the contractor as temporary
facilities for the project.

323

All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be done by the ___ at his
own expense.

509/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
324

If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be followed?

325

How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to the particular areas of
work which requires evaluation of the architect?

326

How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid reason?

327

Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no act or fault of the
contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.

328

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the contractor any sum within 15
days after its award by arbitration

329

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any request for payment
within 30 days after its certification by the architect.

330

Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract?

331

True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that materials and equipment left
by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.

332

True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses incurred during
suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.

333

True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work from the contractor for
failure to complete the project.

334

How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the intention to cancel?

335

How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond?

336

How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond?

337

A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach.

338

Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial centers, sports complex,
resorts, etc.

339

Predecessor of PD 1096

340

What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning?

510/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
341

It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation.

342

Minimum basic fee for simple projects.

343

Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations.

344

When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on technical matters
pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.

345

When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr.

346

Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental).

347

What is Group 6 Project classification?

348

Minimum Basic fee for housing projects.

349

Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?

350

Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?

351

Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office.

352

On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.

353

Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how many days after written
notice by owner?

354

Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to remove said work at
contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses incurred within how many days from
removal by the owner of said work?

355

Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.

356

An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped.

357

Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less than a freehold.

511/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
358

No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the profession unless the
country of his relation allows the same ___.

359

AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / DRAWINGS

360

full time construction inspector

361

offer of the bidder to perform the work

362

cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the contract with the
owner

363

approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work

364

approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations

365

guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed

366

contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements thereto and all general and
special provisions

367

invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project

368

additional information on contract documents

369

list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract

370

graphical representation of the work involved in the project

371

printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract

372

instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings, specifications and
general conditions

373

written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and mode of construction
additional information which may be issued as an additon or ammendment to the provisions of specifications

374

outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used

375

listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in materials and labor;
including allowance for profit and overhead

512/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
376

information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered.

377

earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature

378

duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project

379

labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities

380

purchase or fabricate

381

build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used

382

furnish and install

383

the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as a guaranty that the
bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the contract with the owner for the works if the
contract is awarded to him.

384

a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the work in accordance with
the terns of the contract

385

as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract.

386

for life and property

387

as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship performed by the
contractor.

388

are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all supplementary details and shop
drawings.

389

are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and modes of construction

390

is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents including all
supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining to the work materials therefore

391

drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by the contractor which
illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or installed.

392

precise drawings

513/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
393

the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial proceeding.

394

the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving information as to the nature
of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract documents & date of bidding

395

is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding

396

the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of
contract

397

are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the contract

398

a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the contract

399

the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc

400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414

514/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438

515/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
439
440

516/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PD 1296
Home Ins. & Guarantee Corp.
(HIGC)
Actual Cost + 10%
(profit,overhead & tax)
Affordable Cost

Pre design

Burst node

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

Project representative

98%

UAP doc. 202

3 months

PD 957

Post Construction Services

Performance Bond

1 slot/ family dwelling

100 meters

517/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

City Engineer

Architect

Special Provisions

Contractor / 2

Specifications

Open Specifications

Closed Specifications

Brand Name Specifications

Combination Specifications

Division of Master Format


Specifications (1995 - Nov
2004)

CSI - Construction
Specification Institute

Master Format Specifications

518/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Classes of Fire

Dry Standpipe

Plenum

Abatement

Damper

Flash Point

Jumper

Smokeproof Tower

Fire escape ladders

Grounds for suspension and


revocation of license

BP 220

PD 957

PD 1216

RA 4726

519/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

R.A. 7279 - Urban


Development and Housing Act

P.D. 1151 - Philippine


Environmental Policy

PD 1152

Project Manual

Bidding Requirements

supplements to bid forms

contract forms
general and supplementary
conditions

Prescriptive Specification

Performance Secification

520/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Writing Specifications

single prime contract

multiple prime contract

many prime contracts

Drawings

Specifications
General Conditions

Agreement
addenda

Modifications

Construction Administration

shop drawings

Sample

Product data

Change Orders

Project Closeout

521/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Substantial Completion

punchlist

Housing and Urban


Development Coordinating
Council (HUDCC)

Housing and Land Use


Regulatory Board (HLURB)

Home Development Mutual


Fund (Pag-ibig Fund)

National Home Mortgage and


Finance Corporation (NHMFC)

National Housing Authority


(NHA)

National Housing Corporation


(NHC)

History of Archl. Organization


in Phils.

522/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

architects responsibilities in
relation to
people

architects responsibilities in
relation to
Client

architects responsibilities in
relation to
Contractor

architects responsibilities in
relation to
agents, dealers

architects responsibilities in
relation to
colleagues & subordinates

Pre-Design

Design
Specialized Allied
Design-Build
by administration

523/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Design Build by guaranteed


maximum cost

Construction Services

Post Construction Services


Comprehensive Architectural
Services

Compensation Method

PD 1096

15 days

Bldg. permit Requirements

one year / 120 days

Certificate of Occupancy

Types of Construction

fire resistance rating

524/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Classification of Buildings by
Use

mixed occupancy

10% & 5 %

(artificially ventilated)

if naturally ventilated

mezzanine

6 m2 (least side 2m)

3m2 (least side 1.5m)

1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)


erection
addition
alteration

renovation

Conversion

repair

moving

demolition

525/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

ancillary

minor const.

bay or panel

buildable area

dispersal area

socalo

soffit

Atrium

automatic closing

egress system

non combustible

panic hardware

Estimates

Construction Cost

Direct Cost

526/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

InDirect Cost

Subcontract

Overhead

Contingencies

Escalation

Gross Profit

Net Profit

Materials

Labor

Equipment

Overhead

Profit

bar chart

critical path method (cpm)

527/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Notes

Performance Bond

Payment Bond

Guarantee Bond

After 65%

After 98%

528/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architects Fee

Laws in Architecture

Types of Specification

5 Ms of Construction

Important Milestones of
Construction

529/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architects Fee for RDS

Architects Fee for SAS

Architectural Contract
Documents

PROJECT CLASSIFICATION

Design Build Services Fee

Contractor

Building Permit

7 Days

Contract

parol evidence rule

Adjudication

530/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Mutual agreement

Bilateral Contract,

Unilateral Contract

Expressed Contract

Implied Contract
Implied in fact or implied in
law

Quasi-Contract

Puff statement (sales talk):

Representation statement

Term Statement

Cost Estimate

Quantity Survey

Productivity Estimates

Bill of Materials

Value Engineering

Detailed Estimate

531/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Rough Estimate

Lumpsum

Liquidated Damages

Owner

Liens

Legally

The General Conditions

Bid Bulletin

Instructions to Bidders
By Guaranteed Maximum
Cost
Salary
Percentage of Gross monthly
Rentals
Multiple of Direct Personnel
Expense
Private

PD 1308

UAP

PRC

Owner

532/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Force Majeure
only after the approval by the
architect
UAP Doc. 200

one

2%-5% of Project cost

Architect

Work

Provide

Notice to Proceed

Regulate

3 months

Close Specifications

Charitable

Architect

Surety

Payment

10 days

b. Actual direct cost plus 10


percent for profit, overhead
and tax

533/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Affordable cost

Pre Design
Burst node
Technical Transfer
Engineers and Architects
Law Act no. 2986

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

98%

The Architect shall consider the


needs and stipulation of the
Contractor and the effect of his work
upon the life and well-being of
the public and community as a whole

UAP Doc 202

Guarantee Bond equivalent to 40% of


the Contract Price covering
a period of one year after the Final
Acceptance of the Work.

3 months
Post-Construction Services

534/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Performance Bond

Php 480,000.00

City Engineer

All of the above

Architect
Special Provisions

Building Permit

Contractor/2
Project Representative

Contract documents phase

Pre-design services

Specialized allied services

10%

10%

50%

85%

535/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PHP 500.00

12%

6%

8%

Architect

3 months

General conditions
Schedule of material and
finishes
Quotation

Certificate of payment

Performance bond

Bid

7%

Closed specification

Instruction to bidders

2 months

12 months / 1 yr

30 days

536/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Statute of Limitation

Statutory Bond

Statute of Frauds

Lease

Leasehold

Lessee

Lessor

2-2.5
Multiple of Direct Personnel
Expenses
1
Percentage of Construction
Cost
Multiple of Direct Personnel
Expenses
Percentage of Construction
Cost
50 kms.
Professional Fee Plus
Expenses
Architect

Letter of transmittal

537/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Contractor

Owner

Contractor

1-1.5%

1.5-3%

(1/6)

2%

Civil Code

Per Diem+Reimb. Expenses

Payment Bond

Lump Sum / Fixed Fee

2-5%

Project Manager

Project Manager

Public / People

PD 223

538/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

People / Public

Bid Bulletin

Proposal

Proposal Bond

Special Provisions

Specifications

Written Notice

Work

Install

Furnish

Provide

50%

65%

30%

30%

2.5

12 sqm.

50 / Contractor

539/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Specifications

15 Days

15 Days

90 Days

False (30 days)

False (15 days)

Contractor

10 days

15%

15%

Penalty Clause

5,000 for First 50 Hectares

R.A. 6451

PD 1308

540/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Liens

6%

50%

200 / hr

500

12%

Repetitive Construction
10% of 1st unit / 60% 2nd-10th
Unit / 30% 11th and above
Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)
Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)
PHP 750.00

Construction Phase Service

5 days

10 days

7th day / Notice to Proceed

Civic Center

Chattel

541/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Reciprocity

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

PROJECT REP.

PROPOSAL

PROPOSAL BOND (5%)

PERFORMANCE BOND (15%)

PAYMENT BOND

GUARANTEE BOND

AGREEMENT

INVITATION TO BID

BID BULLETIN

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

DRAWINGS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
SCHED. OF MATERIALS AND
FINISHES
BREAKDOWN OF WORK AND
CORRESPONDING VALUE

542/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

WRITTEN NOTICE
ACT OF GOD OR FORCE
MAJEURE
TIME LIMITS

WORK

FURNISH

INSTALL

PROVIDE

PROPOSAL / BID BOND

PERFORMANCE BOND

PAYMENT BOND

INSURANCES

GUARANTEE BOND

DRAWINGS

SPECIFICATIONS

AGREEMENT

SHOP DRAWINGS

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

543/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

ARBITRATION
ADVERTISEMENT OR
INVITATION TO BID
BID BULLETIN

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

SPECIAL PROVISION

PENALTY CLAUSE

PROPOSAL

544/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

545/752

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

546/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
1

An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes

2
. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes
3
On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously.
4

The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting the circuit

An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid underground.

The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas.

Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere.

In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only

In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in manner ensuring a good
conductive path to the ground.

10

A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot.

11

A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes.

12

What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in?

13

a generator of alternating current

14

device used to measure rate of flow of electricity

15

device for storing electric energy

16

What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source?

17

device used to transform AC to DC

18

device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle

19

What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring?

20

controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

21

cap that receives the service drop

22

box used for maintaining light control devices

23

What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals?

24

electromotive force

25

number of AC that flow in a conductor

26

rate or measure of power used or consumed

27

What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted?

28

controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

547/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
29

instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor

30

materials that resist the flow of electric current

31

What is the unit for quantity of electricity?

32

unit of resistance

33

unit of electromotive force

34

unit of candlepower

35

Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

36

PABX or PBX means.

37

Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

38

Another name for distribution panel.

39

Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

40

Standard size of wire for a switch line.

41

A device for converting alternating current to direct


current.
Another name for a Rectifier.

42
43
44

45

Interrelationship between value of voltage and current


with the same frequency.
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch
circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded
copper conductor in a raceway.

46

Standard frequency of power supplied by the local


power utility company like Meralco.
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or
other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the
building.

47

The simplest type of building automation system.

48

Resistance in alternating current system.

49

The reciprocal of conductance.

50

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors


insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called
Busduct.

51

A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper


bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric
currents, also called a busbar.

52

An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting


and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated
protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such
current.

548/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
53

A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of


joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the
enclosed conductors.

54

This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,


switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up
to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical
version of a vertical section taken through the building.

55

In a lightning protection system, the combination of a


metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a
structure.

56

TW in electrical wire specification means.

57

XHHN in wire specification means.

58

Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______.

59

A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical


power?
Who said these prophetic words: Let the future tell the truth
and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.
The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is
mine.?

60

61
62
63

64
65
66
67
68

A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling


in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place.
The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN
is ______.
What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?
a. It can act as a switch
b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open)
c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected
d. All of these
What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp
or group of lamps in three different locations?
It characterizes short circuit
A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings
forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following
except___.
It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
b. Area
c. Temperature

69

It is also known as electric panel or load center.

70
71

A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient


to receive a standard pipe.
A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually
insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal
tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.

72

It is analogous to pressure in water flow.

549/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
73

Alternating current is characterized as having _____.


a. Positive and negative polarity
b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency
d. All of these

74

A circuit type where components are electrically connected end


to end.
The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit
cables shall be ____.
The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except

75
76
77

A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an


outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic
material.

78

Cables are conductors that are ____.


a. Larger than wires
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)

79

Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the


best conductor of electricity?
Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.
a. Concealed knob and tube
b. Open wiring on insulators

80

81
82

A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors


and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.
A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor
connections from one power source to another.

83

The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an excessive load

84

Unit of power

85
86
87

88
89
90
91

The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity


This is where an electric service conductor can be installed
A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged and which make
contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them
Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA
The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC)
A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element
An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed

92

A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum

93

Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground

94

Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way

95
96

A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces


Original name of P-Trap

550/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
97
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected
98
99
100
101

The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit


Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on
The most practical conductor of electricity
A channel system in carrying electrical wire

102
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted together
103

Another name for power panel

104

A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa

105

Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum

106
107
108
109
110
111
112

The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop conductor from NBC
To bring down voltage
Wiring not concealed by the building sructure
Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during brownout
One with contacts that separate in air
The voltage across the welding arc
Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of mechanical protection

113

A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc evolves only non-explosive
gases

114

Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus, mounted on a supporting
frame or panel and properly interwined

115
116
117
118
119

Minimum load over a given period of time


That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the current
Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a common connection for two
or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of the current
System of conductor forming an essentially continuous conducting network over the object protected and
including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object protected and an adequate ground

120

A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury itself

121

A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric current

551/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
122
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the electric power
delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected
123

A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage gradient exceeding a
certain critical value

124

A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted

125

Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total connected load of the system

126

A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy

127

A single enclosed runway for conductor cables

128

Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power

129

The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant and the
branch circuit overcurrent device

130

Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a surface one square foot in
area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen

131

An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and severed by the
passage of the overcurrent through it

132
133
134
135
136

Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered
Density of the luminous flux on a surface
Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between stationary contact blades when
closed
Artificial source of light
Device for mechanical support of light

137

A radiant energy

138

Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing surge current

139

Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning

140

Is the radial branch connection to a main line

141

Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in that period

142

Unit of luminous flux

143

A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter

144

Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment

145

A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle

146

Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time

147

Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord

552/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
148
149

Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating apparatus at a distant point
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in the conductors and
the distributing of the conductors

150

Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars

151

Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment plug

152

A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the conduit
is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after the

153

Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for connecting the flexible cord
carrying a pendent to permanent wiring

154

155
156
157
158

The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices if any connecting
to the service entrance conductors at the building
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors
Cable designed for service under water
Is a transient variation in the current potential or power
Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30 ampere rating

159
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the secondary circuit is short
160

This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits

161

The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this connection is used for
small industrial applications

162

Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common wire must carry /2
times the load current

163
164
165

This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load simultaneously
This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the power load
Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to increase its potential
capacity

166
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed The primary neutral
should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single phase ground fault may result in extensive
blowing of fuses throughout the system This connection requires special watt-hour metering
167
168
169
170

When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced load
The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents in any one bank
The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system
When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the most economical way of
stepping down the voltage

553/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
171

In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system

172

If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special tap must be provided
on the secondary side

173

Thermoplastic

174

Moisture Temperature Resistant

175

Underground Feeder

176

Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant

177

Heat Resitant Rubber

178

Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber

179

Heat Resistant Latex Rubber

180

Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic

181

Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon

182

Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer

183

Armored Cable

184

THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT

185

POLYETHELENE

186
187
188

SILICON ASBESTOS
ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC
Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire

189

135deg-197deg F

190

Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode

191

192

It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when IR energy flickers at
rate which is chracteristics of flame
Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized sampling

193

chamber to detect fire

194

Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used both on exposed and
concealed work

195

A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and enclosed in a mettalic sheath
of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch
circuit and for indoor, outdoor work

554/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
196
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory mineral insulation
enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously
moist location as service feeders or branch circuit
197

Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant, flame retardant and
non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3
storey building

198
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded core of moisture resistant
and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral metal tape. This type is used in hazardous
locations and in cable trays or in raceways
199
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in the ground as feeder or
branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated conductors with or without associated bare or
covered or grounding under a mettalic sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is
supported by messenger wire
200
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed especially for field
installation in metal surface or raceways
201
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and enclosed with an insulating
assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual
branch circuits, especially in hard smooth continous floor surfaces and the like
202

Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. This type is used for
power system up to 35,000 volts

203
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each floor and at the highest
or end of a feeder riser cable
204

Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave links, analog and digital
telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured cabling and similar devices

205
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three points

206
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover ground conductor under a
non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in raceways or in supported by a messenger wire
207

Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees

555/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
208

Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high illumination levels for
detailed work such as needle work

209
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required from a two phase system
210

Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees

211

Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside

212
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for USE
213
214

Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for TW

215
Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings

216
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and
comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground
217

Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of such current

218
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the
withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thickness
219
220

221
222

223

224

System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates froma shaft attached to a
dynamo to produce electricity
A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to concentrate
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to zero, drops to the
negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second depending on the frequency for which the
machine is designed
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to each other and provided
with separate external connections current waves will be produced and each of which will be at its maximum when
the other is zero
Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable

556/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
225

Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C

226

Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations

227

Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as a vent

228

229
230

231

232

233

234

235

236

237

238
239

A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the circuit automatically on
predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly applied within its rating
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400 volts to 4160 volts to
increase the potential capacity of the system
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch
circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere
rating
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service
entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other
accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300
volts to ground
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder
but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 20 ampere rating
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 8 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for THW
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a
grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it
A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres
A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy

240
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of such current
241
242
243

Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco


Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if any
connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building

557/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
244

245

A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by operating at somewhat low
pressure
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of the three phase with
this objective to attain

246
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to support cables
247

248

249

250

251
252
253

A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power. This connection is used
when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power load
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting into
unbalanced primary
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its use at exposed
weather or excessive moisture
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set at 120 degrees to
each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance
Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies
Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second

254
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks to zero, drop to a
negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds depending on the frequency of the machine
is designed
255
256

Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory


A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe

257
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at
258

three points

259

Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)

260

A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND NOT
LESS THAN 26mm

261

262

A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and
a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest for an effective disaster
prevention in building

558/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
263
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and
comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground
264

265

Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service
entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other
accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300
volts to ground
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch
circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

266
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire
feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
267
268
269

270

271
272
273

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for USE
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for THW
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for TW
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere
rating
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with20 ampere rating
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance
A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer the
power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during electrical power failure.

274
TW in electrical wire specification means.
275
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.
276
XHHN in wire specification means.
277
Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.
278
The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type.
279
PABX or PBX means.
280
Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

559/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
281
Another name for distribution panel.
282
Standard size of wire for a circuit line.
283
Standard size of wire for a switch line.
284
Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency.
285

Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften when
reheated.

286
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using
287
Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway.
288
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco.
289

The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

290
The simplest type of building automation system.
291
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or
292
metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire.
293
A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems.
294
Resistance in alternating current system.
295
The reciprocal of conductance.
296

297

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called
Busduct.
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large
electric currents, also called a busbar.

560/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
298

An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in completely enclosed
ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to carry fault current and to withstand the
magnetic forces of such current.

299
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature.
300
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam.
301
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern.
302

303

A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors.
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

304
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or
305
Microwave system.
306
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.
307

308

309

A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means
of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically
with tungsten.

310
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
311
Building with fire alarm and suppression system.
312

In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a
structure.

313
314
315
316

561/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345

562/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372

563/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Ammeter

Amperage

Blackout Switch

Feeder Line

Cable Vault
Candlepower
Current
Direct Current
Grounding Wire
Footcandle
Electric current
appliances
alternator
ammeter
capacitor
diffuser
rectifier
illumeter
greenfield
regulator
entrance cap
utility box
flux
voltage
phase
watt
rheostat
regulator

564/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

ohmmeter
insulator
coulomb
ohm
volts
candela
10 ft.
Pvt. Automatic Branch
Exchange
Capacitor
Power Panel
No. 12
No. 14
Rectifier
D.C. Generator
Phase
5.5 sqmm
60 Cycles

Service Drop

Telecommunication System
Impedance
Resistance
Busway

Bus

Busway

565/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Pull Box

Riser Diagram

Air Terminal
Moisture resistant, in wet and
dry location
Moisture and Heat ResistantCross-Linked
Thermosetting
the reciprocal of ohm
Watt

Nikola Tesla

Rigid metal conduit (RMC)


Heat resistant thermoplastic

All of these

2-s3w and 1-s4w


Low resistance, high current
Cable tray
Silver

All of the above

Panelboard
Conduit
metal clad cable (type MC)
Current

566/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

All of these

Series circuit
a. Fungus resistant
b. Corrosion resistant
Switch
Non metallic sheathed cable
(type NM and NMC)

Both a and b
Gold
Both a and b
Multi-outlet assembly
Transfer switch
CIRCUIT BREAKER
WATTS
AMPERE
TOWER OR FLATFORM

KNIFE SWITCH

TRANSFORMER VAULT
RECTIFIER
RAPID START FLOURESCENT
LAMP
JUNCTION BOX
5 STOREYS
3.00 m
500 mm
AIR CURTAIN
GOOSENECK

567/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DISTRIBUTION LINE

1.20m
PLUG IN TYPE
COPPER WIRE
RACEWAY
CABLE WIRE

DISTRIBUTION PANEL
TRANSFORMER
NON FERROUS METAL
2.50m
STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER
OPEN WIRING
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
AIR SWITCH
ARC VOLTAGE
ARMORED CABLE

ASKAREL

ASSEMBLY
BASE LOAD
BRANCH CIRCUIT
BUS
BUSWAY
CAGE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CONDUCTOR

568/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CONTROLLER

CORONA
CUT OUT BOX
DEMAND FACTOR
DEVICE
DUCT
ELECTRIC MOTOR
FEEDERS

FOOTCANDLE
FUSE
GENERAL LIGHTING
ILLUMINATION

KNIFE SWITCH
LAMP
LAMPHOLDER
LIGHT
LIGHTNING ARRESTER
LIGHTNING SURGE
LINE TAP
LOAD FACTOR
LUMEN
LUX
OUTLET
OUTLET BOX
PEAK LOAD
PENDENT

569/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PILOT WIRE
PULLBOX
RACEWAY
RECEPTACLE
RIGID METAL CONDUIT
ROSETTE

SERVICE DROP
SERVICE RACEWAY
SUBMARINE CABLE
SURGE
5.5 mm2
SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY 120 V
LIGHTING LOAD
SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY
120/240 3-WIRE LIGHTING AND
POWER LOAD
SINGLE PHASE FOR POWER

TWO PHASE CONNECTIONS


DELTA-DELTA FOR POWER AND
LIGHTING
OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND
POWER
Y DELTA FOR POWER

Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

OPEN Y DELTA
DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND
POWER
Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER

570/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

SCOTT CONNECTION 3PHASE


TO 2PHASE
SCOTT CONNECTED 2PHASE TO
3PHASE
T
TW
UF
FEPW
RH
RHW
RUH
THW
THWN
XHHW
BX
THHN
PE
SA
AVA
FIXED TEMPERATURE
HEAT DETECTOR
PHOTO ELECTRIC DETECTOR
INFRARED FLAME DETECTOR

IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT


DETECTOR
ARMOR CABLE (AC)

METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)

571/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MINERAL INSULATED CABLE


(MI)

NON METALLIC SHEATED CABLE


(NM)

SHIELDED NON METALLIC


SHEATED CABLE (SNM)

UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND


BRANCH CIRCUIT (UF) POWER
AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE
(TC)

FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY (FC)

FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE (FCC)

MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE (MV)

TELEPHONE TERMINAL
CABINET

TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,


3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT
AND SINGLE POINT SWITCH AT
END

POWER AND CONTROL TRAY


CABLE TYPE

RH

572/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

METAL HALIDE

SCOTT CONNECTION 2 PHASE


TO 3 PHASE
TW
ILLUMINATED SWITCH

85 amperes

DRAWINGS

15 amperes

PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS LONG


AS BOTH BURIAL DEPTH OF NO
LESS 460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS PROVIDED

5.500 mm

BUSWAYS

RIGID STEEL CONDUIT

120/240 VOLTS
WINDMILL

PANEL BOARD

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

TWO PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

2.2, 30, 8, 14

573/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

UF
THW
CIRCUIT VENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER

SERVICE RACEWAY

Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

24 AMPERE

5.5 sq.mm

3500mm

30 amperes

3.5 sq.m

45 Amperes

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

PRESSURIZED WATER REACTOR


DEVICE

BUSWAYS

60 CYCLES
USE

SERVICE DROP

574/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

BOILING WATER REACTOR

BALANCE LOADING

CABLE TRAYS

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL

THREE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

30 amperes
POROUS ABSORBENT
HERTZ

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND


COMBINATION
NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,
3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT
AND
DRAWINGS
Pre requisite in use of split knob
and tube wiring
MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

6000mm to 7600mm

575/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5500 mm

3500mm

24 amperes

30 amperes

85 amperes
45 amperes

15 amperes

5.5 sq.mm

3.5 sq.m
30 amperes

Automatic Transfer Switch


(ATS)
Moisture resistant, in wet
anddry location

Specific Lighting

Moisture and Heat ResistantCross-Linked Thermosetting

10'

Infra Red

Pvt. Automatic Branch


Exchange

Capacitor

576/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Power Panel

No. 12

No. 14

Phase

Thermosetting

5.5 sqmm

5.5 sqmm

60 Cycles

Service Drop

Telecommunication System

Fixed Temperature

Heat Detector

PABX

Impedance

Resistance

Busway

Bus

577/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Busway

Passive Infrared

Light Beam

Ultrasonic

Pull Box

Microwave

Passive Infrared with

Ultrasonic (or Microwave)

Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp

Tungsten Halogen Lamp

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

Intelligent Building

Air Terminal

578/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

579/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

580/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
1
2

What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in


the sanitary field of ancient Rome?
What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the
field of sanitation?

3
NPCP refers to:
4

Its complete RA no:

What is the meaning of BOD?

Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be


equipped with __________.
Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
fixtures and other apparatus.

7
8

9
10
11
12

13

What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental


Engineering?
This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that
is governed by set of rules
In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
___________ laws.
What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
was plagued with epidemics.
Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and
other surfaces through fixture usage.
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing
became more defined and appreciated?

14

The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of


a given population.

15

____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the environment.

16

____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly


usable
This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact
of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when
temperature rises.

17

18
19

An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the


Philippines.
In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with
the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?

20

This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18,


1955.

21

The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.

22

When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?

581/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
23

When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated?

24

What is the act for Water Quality Management?

25

TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing


with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases

26

TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is


governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard
Plumbing Code (NSPC)

27

28
29
30

Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while


Plumbum is to ___________.
Solid waste, from water closet
Liquid only, fixtures other than WC
is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.

31

In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during


periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir.

32

In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and


west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath
sidewalks.
____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
skeleton of the distribution system.

33
34

____________ is used for city water pipes.

35

____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted


siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.
____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in
newer plumbing installation.
A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic
electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.
Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves
backwards and forwards.
Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently
for individual houses.
____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the
distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.
Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment
plant.

36
37
38
39
40
41
42

Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains.

43

Used to supply or remove water from a building.

44

Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called


____________ .
Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low
but not low enough to allow sedimentation.
Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about
____________ of the total daily demand.
In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the
pressure in the pipes should be between _____________.
High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to
low lying areas
TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,
pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.

45
46
47
48
49

582/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
50
51
52
53

It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands


or in the coastal regions near the sea.
This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at
adequate pressure to enable them to function properly.
Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water
supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.
_____________ is a junction between water supply systems
through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an
otherwise safe supply.

54
What are the 3 main sources of water supply?
55

_____________ is required to be installed so as to register the


amount of water supplied to a building.

56
_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.
57
58
59

______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar


devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.
______________ is when water contains visible material in
suspension
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal
state should be distinguished from turbidity.

60

The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium


are the common impurities which cause ______________.

61

_______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it


will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and
incrustations in water mains.

62

Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping


should be _____________.

63

The proportional change in length corresponding to 1F change in


temperature is known as the _______________.

64

________________ is water bearing stratum.

65

There are two types of well____________ & ____________.

66

The recommended slope for the house drain.

67

A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and


domestic waste only.

68

A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human


excretement.

69

A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human
excretement.
Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for
domestic purposes.
A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water
include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections.

70
71
72

A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in


suspension.

73
MCL means

583/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
74

A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well


as storm water.

75

This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable.

76

In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the


basement ceiling.
A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as
possible the ______________ of the building.
A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage
system.

77
78
79

The house drain should be provided with adequate number of

80

The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES.

81

Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within


____________ of the water intake.

82

TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch


shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.

83

TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be


utilized as floor drain.
TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short
radius fittings.

84
85

A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage


sealed with a wooden shelter.

86

A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to


the deposit settle able material.

87

A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as
to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the
ground.

88

The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________.

89

____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer.

90

91

____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources


such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole
covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.
A pipe venting acid waste system.

92

A watertight container of sewage.

93

A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or


liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.

94

This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen.

95

Considered as the oldest type of sewer.

96

Minimum width for septic tank.

97

That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from


the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in
the street or septic tank.

98

Sometimes referred to as the collection line of a plumbing


system.

584/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
99

The septic tank should be double compartment and should be


capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.

100

The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT


ACT 2000.
How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and
subject to rotting.

101
102

TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m


103

104
105

TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a


house.
TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m
away from potable water to prevent contamination.
What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?

106

An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for


Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.

107

What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,


usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested
business areas.

108
109
110

111
112

It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water


to a satisfactory terminal.
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the
portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof terminal
This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample
amount of ground space between buildings is available.
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling
by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.

113

This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in
congested business areas.

114

What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?

115
116

Rainwater piping should not be used as:


Roof drains shall not be made of __________.

117

The outside roof leader is located on the _____

118

The inside roof leader is installed ___________

119

What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?

120

All storm drains should be graded at least

121

This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant.

585/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
122

The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the


building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of
expansion and contraction of the roof.

123

Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal

124

Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of time to allow settle able
material to deposit

125

TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies


according to its length and grade per foot.

126

TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the
size of the drain is the depth of the building.

127
128

129

TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at


right angles by means of a 45 Y and curve assembled in exactly the
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of
the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45 fitting.

130

TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided


with a concrete or stone foundation.

131

TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized


steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.

132

133

134

135

136

TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from


band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through
the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the
drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the
conductor.
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,
or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a
hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.

137

Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply?

138

What type of plumbing material is a water heater?

139

What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a


ball floating on the surface of water?

140

What is the most expensive type of all pipes?

141

What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to


corrosion?

142

What type of plumbing material is a water closet?

586/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
143

What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage
installation in buildings?

144

What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes?

145

What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser?

146

CISPI stands for:

147

U in UPVC stands for

148

The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings


______stories in height.

149
It is a non-metallic plumbing material?
150
151
152

Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and


____________.
A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a u
bolt clamp.
A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to
fixtures for flushing purposes.

153

Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer


and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.

154

This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not


required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow
through it rapidly.

155
156

157
158
159

A pit for the reception or detention for sewage


A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm water, waste water or
sewage
The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical
An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement
The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of the tank

160

A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for reducing the pressure
exerted on trap seal

161

A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste

162

All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less than ____ percent

163
164
165
166

All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg.


In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown
A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes.
Level 3 types of water service refers to:

167

A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap:

168

One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is:

587/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
169
170
171

The minimum size of a swimming pool drain:


Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for:
The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by:

172

A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water:

173

Womens urinal fixture:

174

The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank.

175

Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings:

176

Prevents water hammer:

177

Theater or movie houses water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of water per day :

178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185
186
187
188

. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of:


The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:
A pipe fitting shape like letter S:
The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or behind the fixture and
extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the fixture trap:
The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an elementary school:
The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet:
A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping:
The minimum slope of a building drain:
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal:
The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall:

189

The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath:

190

Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for:

191

The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both elementary and secondary
school:

192
193

194

The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite screws at the end. By
turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods and regulate the length and tension of this
rods:
The first section of water supply piping in a
building after the water meter.

588/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
195

196

A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by


means of a circular disk that fits against the
valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk
is parallel to the normal direction of flow of
water, which is turned through a tortuous
passage to direct the flow normal to the face of
the disk.
The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called?

197

lowest portion of a trap

198

pipe for wastewater

199

liquid waste

200
201
202
203

These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets.
vertical pipe used for the storage of water
receptacle for organic discharge
accumulated or settled solid waste

204

It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.

205

a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole

206
207

end of a pipe that fits into a bell


backflow due to negative pressure

208

What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air to and from
any part of the drainage system?

209

gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects

210

vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets

211

It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction.

212

reservoir for liquid

213

valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures

214

It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead

215

process of injecting chlorine gas into the water

216

Minimum width of a septic tank.

217

Minimum length of a septic tank.

218

Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.

219

Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.

220

Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary


compartment of a septic tank.

589/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
221

226

Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic


tank.
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a
septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic
tank.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
seepage pit or cesspool.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
disposal field.
Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

227

Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

228

Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.

229

Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub

230

Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

231

Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and


polybutylene.
A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the
connection at the water main.
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air
between drainage and vent system
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting.

222
223
224
225

232
233
234
235
236

238

A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of


fixture.
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable
matter in suspension or solution.
Component of fire extinguisher.

239

Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.

240

Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.

241

A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.

242

Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.

243

Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type


water closet.
Term applied to the interconnection of the same
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case
of a back to back vent.
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more
than 15 meters from the source.
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is
venting.
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary
field of ancient Rome.

237

244
245
246

247
248
249

590/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
250

In Latin, it means 'lead'.

251

A specially designed system of waste piping


embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more
sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and
vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of
air above the flow line of the drain.

252

Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged


directly to the nearest ___.
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
water-carried waste into a drainage
system with which they are connected.

253

254
255

Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located


at each floor.
A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.

256

A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.

257

Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.

258

Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during


the incipient stage.
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used
as a draw-off tap.
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a
trap.
A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.

259
260
261
262
263
264
265

Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower


stall.
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal
urinal.
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each
section of plumbing for water test.
How many days, at least, shall be given before any
plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.

266

Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in


the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy
said testing.

267

Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings


safe for humans.
Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes
to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on
top of the other.

268

269

Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating


equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar
equipment requiring union fittings.

270

Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.

271

Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.

272

Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for


pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any
access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.

273
274

591/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
275

Maximum length of a tailpiece.

276

Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.

277

Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the


roof
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above
any other vertical surface.
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any
openable window or opening.
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck
where it is protruded.
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a
roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.

278
279
280
281

282
283
284
285

Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack


requiring a parallel ventstack.
An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating
inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits
in water.
Women's urinal fixture.

286

A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to


clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a
small irregular passageway.

287

This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet


except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water
surface area, moderately noisy.

288

A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.


Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush
valve, requires higher pressure.

289

Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is


directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet;
siphon.

290

A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.


Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the
flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or
vortex which scours the bowl.

291

292

293
294
295

296
297
298

A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through


the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the
contents of the bowl through the trapway.
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a
smaller water surface and trapway.
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health
codes
The concussion and banging noise that results when a
volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses
momentum.
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate
across the passage.
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an
internal wall.
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or
sewage treatment plant.

592/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
299

The centerline of pipe.

300

The interior top surface of a pipe.

301

The interior bottom surface of a pipe.

302

Color code for pipes containing acid.

303

One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du


pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive
polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

304

a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5


meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.
b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be
used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above
ground.
c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for
water supply.

305

a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage


pipe.
b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a
reducer or adapter.
c. 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a
true vertical position.

306

Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes


referred to as.
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory
faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
Treats hard water.

307
308
309
310
311

What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base


of a soil stack?
The first section of water supply piping in a building after the
water meter.
A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub.

312

A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a


circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement
of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which
is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the
face of the disk.

313

A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in


which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate
into the plumbing system.

314

Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which


discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
The abbreviation DWV stands for ______.

315
316
317
318

A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures


except for fixture have integral trap.
An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement.
A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.

593/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
319
320
321

A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent
piping.
The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company
where local individual connection is done.
A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.

322

The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures


and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water
and waterborne waste.

323

That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate
point of disposal.

324

A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating


drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the
valve body.

325

A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a


storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or
floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.

326

A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the


floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack
at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of
fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.

327

A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is


about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is
commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also
the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.
Also a p-trap.

328

A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing


system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,
digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the
liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system
of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.

329

A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage


system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit
of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or
one cubic foot of water per minute.

330

The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be


completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes
drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture
supports.

331

A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when


properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage
of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage
or wastewater through it.

332

A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less


than the atmospheric pressure.
A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste
free of fecal matter.
A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.

333
334

594/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
335

Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or


fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer

336

In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply


line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves
and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.

337

A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent

338

A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last fixture connection of a
horizontal branch to the vent stack

339

A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both fixtures

340

A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture

341

A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect

342

A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of waste from a
drainage pipe

343

See common vent

344

A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps

345

A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the fixture served or
terminates in the open air

346

A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack

347

Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the originating waste or soil
stack

348

Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from a room fixture

349

The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected

350

351
352

A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and vent systems where
the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound
An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to the stack horizontal
drain, the uppermost end above the roof

353

A vent which also serves as a drain

354

A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of preventing pressure
changes in the stack

355

Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of a supply of water from
any source other than its intended source

356

Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to negative pressure

357

Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a common horizontal waste
or soil branch

358

A flange that is not drilled

359

A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water

360

Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials

595/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
361

A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits

362

Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned

363

A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings

364

Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are made on the extended
portion

365

The length along the center of the pipe and fitting

366
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often liquid waste to a legal
point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer system or private or or public sewerage
treatment
367
368

Is a pipe connecting several fixtures


Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets and and similar fixture

369

A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be removed for the
purpose of cleaning

370

Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical

371

372
373
374

375
376

Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and vent pipes; house drain
and house sewers including their respective connections
Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures
A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the hydrant or to the same
nozzle
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar function w/ or w/o the
discharge of other fixtures to the building drain
Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown weir and the top of
the dip of the trap
Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low yielding water well

377

The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer

378

The location of water well to nearest septic vault

379
380

Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer
A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water

381

The third kind of water after the storm water and area water

382

The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing

383

Color coding of high pressure steam

384

Color coding for fuel oil division

596/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
385
386
387

The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage system
Service drop conductor clearance over the roof
A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its seat

388

An underground tank reservoir to store water

389

Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain

390

Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of water

391

A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure fluctuations on the inlet
side above the pressure level
A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of the connection when
needed
A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing purposes and is activated
by direct water pressure

392
393
394

Another name for corporation cock

395

A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a seal against the
passages of gases and odors

396

A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic tank effluent may flow
covered with earth

397

The luminous flux density incident on a surface

398

An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain through sewer

399

A type of fitting for yoke bent

400

Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub

401

Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain

402

BATH FOOT

403

BATH SHOWER STALL

404

BATH SITZ

405

BATH TUB

406

BIDETS

407

COMBINATION FIXTURE

408

DRINKING FOUNTAIN

409

FLOOR DRAIN

410

FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS

411

LAUNDRY TRAYS

412

SINKS (DISHWASHER)

597/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
413

SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC)

414

SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE)

415

SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR)

416

SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY)

417

SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP)

418

URINAL (PEDESTAL)

419

URINALS (LIP)

420

URINALS (STALL)

421

URINALS (THROUGH)

422

WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES)

423

WATER CLOSETS

424

425

426
427

Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed through the rim to
create a vortex that scours the bowl
Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through the rim and siphonic
action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway
Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface area are smaller
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying through small
irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes

428

Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out

429

A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of the body

430

1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"

431

No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter

432

Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor

433

Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor

434

Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line

435

Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line

436

Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall

437

Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain

438

Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m

439

Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m

598/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
440

Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m

441

Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m

442

Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school

443

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school

444

Ratio of urinals for elementary schools

445

Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places

446

Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants

447

Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings

448

Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test

449

It should not be used for steam

450

High Pressure

451

Exhaust Fan

452

Fresh Water, low pressure

453

Fresh Water, high pressure

454

Salt water piping

455

Oil Delivery

456

Oil Discharge

457

PNEUMATIC DIVISION

458

GAS DIVISION

459

FUEL OIL DIVISION

460

REFRIGERATING DIVISION

461

A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which of the following does
NOT require it?

462

A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet and outlet
connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service

463

Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building

464

Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is simultaneously
opened?

465

KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE

466

LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE

467

OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE

599/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
468

OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts

469

Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the total linear footage of
the pipe making up the vent?

470

471
472

A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature temperature and
direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout
Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful and maintenance free
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual pressure or 1.8 kilos
per sq.mts

473

A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an angle

474

General term used to described the fitting in the drawing

475

GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing)

476

Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent pipe takes off in front of
the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack

477

Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally dissolves solids while
some useful minerals are retained

478

Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point

479
480

481

solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F
GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution system by mechanical
means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi

482
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a plumbing system
483

A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where

484

water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe

485

Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5"

486

Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at higher pressure

487

Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or branch of a plumbing
rough in for the purpose of future trap

488

A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater

489

Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm type or straight beam
type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote control, push push button switch, photocell,
magnetic loop or acces control

600/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
490

Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap

491

The presence of Fire Service Connection

492

Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main distribution water
service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ", ", 1", 1 ", 1 " and 2"

493

Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes

494

and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards

495

Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe

496

SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER

497

Pipe not used as water service pipe

498

A cut off valve installed in the service piping system

499

Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source

500

Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line

501

Device used to prevent water hammering

502

Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent

503

It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure

504

It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet

505

The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent inlet at the trap

506

Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch

507

A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside

508

A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last fixture of the battery

509

A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface

510

A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a submerge piston

511

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like
cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.

512

Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade

513

A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water distribution

514

PE

515

General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different plumbing fixture

516

Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor

517

A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent

601/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
518

The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim of the fixture

519

The minimum size or trap of a bidet

520

Supply valve tank type for water closet

521

A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3 inches

522

Location that does not require installation of clean out

523

Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent

524

A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture

525

A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe

526

Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged from other fixture to the
house drain
Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from the Fire service
Connection

527
528

529

In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe apply only if the main
fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure
System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and fixture traps, the soil
waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, the storm water drainage with their devices

530

Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source

531

Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting

532

Common term for a two way service connections

533

Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve

534

A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe

535

Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain

536

Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration

537

A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver

538

35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height

539

Passing on it can treat hardwater

540

541
542

A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where water of high
pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a submerge piston
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface

602/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
543

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like
cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at the surface with shaft to turn the impellers
below

544
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562

A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water droplets over a lawn, golf
course, or the like.
Minimum width of a septic tank.
Minimum length of a septic tank.
Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.
Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.
Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank.
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank.
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field.
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts.
Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.
Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

603/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583

Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub


Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.
Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.
Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35.
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50.
Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100.
Classifications of copper pipes.
A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool.
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as.
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene.
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system.
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass.
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture.
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution.
Component of fire extinguisher.
Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.
Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.
A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.
Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.
Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet.
True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.

604/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604

True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.
Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent.
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source.
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a
___.
Treats hard water.
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting.
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome.
In Latin, it means 'lead'.
A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more sinks or
floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately
sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain.
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___.
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage system with which
they are connected.
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor.
A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.
A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.
Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.
Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage.

605/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614

Condensing unit is a part of a ___.


A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap.
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap.
A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall.
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal.
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school.
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school.
Ratio of urinals for elementary school.
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places.

615

Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for
employees.

616

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to
number of occupants.

617

Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test.

618

How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.

619

Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks
to satisfy said testing.

620
621

Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.


Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans.

622

Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same
trench on top of the other.

623

Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and
similar equipment requiring union fittings.

624
625

Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.


Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.

606/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642

643
644

645

True or false, 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical position.
Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless such line is serving
sinks or urinals, true or false.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
Maximum length of a tailpiece.
Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.
True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used underground and shall be
kept at least 15 cms above ground.
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof.
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface.
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening.
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded.
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack.
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water.
True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe.
Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe applied only if the
highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure.
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack?
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for the number of
BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?
Women's urinal fixture.

607/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
646
647

648

649

True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or adapter.
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action
through a small irregular passageway.
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller trap passageway and
smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with
flush valve, requires higher pressure.

650

Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into
jet; siphon.

651

A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and through the down
leg.

652

653

654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664

A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion
or vortex which scours the bowl.
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet
draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and trapway.
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes.
The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or
loses momentum.
The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings.
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage.
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall.
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant.
The centerline of pipe.
The interior top surface of a pipe.
The interior bottom surface of a pipe.
Color code for pipes containing acid.

608/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
665

666

This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and major components
are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical version of a vertical section taken
through the building.
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and nonadhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691

609/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704

610/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBARIUS
PLUMBER
NATIONAL PLUMBING CODE OF
THE PHILS.
IRA 1378
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND
WATER SEAL TRAP
INSTALLING
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
NATIONAL STANDARD PLUMBING
CODE (NSPC)
PLUMBING APPRENTICE
RENAISSANCE PERIOD
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

GRECO-ROMAN CIVILIZATION
CARRYING CAPACITY
MAN
PLUMBING SYSTEM
HEAT
RA 1364
American Master Plumber JOHN F.
HASS
SANITARY ENGINEERING LAW

DOMESTIC SEWAGE

28-Jun-55

611/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

17th CENTURY
ACT 2152
0
1
LEAD a metal used by Romans
as a plumbing material
SOIL PIPE
WASTE PIPE
GRAVITATIONAL FLOW METHOD
DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS OF
PUMP
SERVICE HEADERS
PRIMARY FEEDERS
CAST IRON PIPES
STEEL PIPES
DUCTILE IRON
CORROSION
RECIPROCATING PUMP
HAND PUMP
BOOSTER PUMP
LOW LIFT PUMP
HIGH LIFT PUMP
PIPE LINES
DELAVAUD PROCESS
INTAKE CONDUIT
1/6 to 1/3
1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2
LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM
1

612/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FRESH WATER
PLUMBING FIXTURES
BALL COCKS
CROSS CONNECTION
* RAINWATER
* GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER
WATER METER
VACUUM BREAKER or
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
BACKFLOW
TURBIDITY
COLOR
ALKALINITY
IRON
OPEN TRENCH WORK
COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR
EXPANSION
AQUIFER
WATER TABLE WELL & ARTESIAN
WELL
2%
SANITARY DRAIN
SOIL PIPE
WASTE PIPE
POTABLE WATER
WATERBOURNE DISEASES
TURBID
MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS

613/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

COMBINED DRAIN
COMBINED DRAIN
HOUSE DRAIN
FOUNDATION WALL
INDUSTRIAL DRAIN
CLEANOUTS
PD 856
200m
1
0
0
PRIVY
CATCH BASIN
CESSPOOL or DRYWELL
GOVERNMENT
SEWAGE

INFLOW

ACID VENT
SEPTIC TANK
SEWAGE PUMP
ANAEROBIC BACTERIA
COMBINATION PUBLIC SEWER
0.90m
HOUSE SEWER
HOUSE DRAIN

614/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2.8 - 3.0 TIMES


RA 9003
50%
1

1
1
FIXTURE DRAIN
WATER
ABSORPTION
INSIDE STORM DRAIN
STORM DRAIN

ROOF LEADER

OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

INSIDE STORM DRAIN


STORM DRAIN
SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE
IRON
OUTSIDE WALL OF THE BUILDING
WITHIN THE BUILDING WALLS
FIXTURE DRAIN
INCH PER FOOT
COMBINATION HOUSE SEWER

615/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

VERTICALLY, HORIZONTALLY

GUTTER
LIQUID
1
1
0

1
1
1
0

1
NO
APPLIANCE
BALL COCK
BRASS PIPE
COPPER PIPE
FIXTURE

616/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CAST IRON PIPES


FIXTURES
APPURTENANCE
CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE
UNPLASTICIZED
LESS THAN 25-STORIES
ASBESTOS-CEMENT NONPRESSURE SEWER PIPE
SILICON
CLAMP GATE CALVE
FLUSHOMETER VALVE
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

DRUM TRAP
Cesspool
Drain
Invert
Privy
Sludge

Vent Pipe
Sewer Pipe
2%
Bends
Crown weir
Coupling
artesian well
lavatory faucet
water (potability)

617/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2dia
coagulant
schedule
elbow
bidet
15 m.
nipple
Float Valve
total number of auditorium seat
water pipe
Crown weir to bottom dip
U-trap
Back vent pipe

1 per 35
2" dia.
waste pipe
stack
1/16 in./ft.
2" dia.
2" dia.
2" dia.
Gas Pipe
1 per 30
black

Turnbackle

Water distributing pipe

618/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Globe valve

catch basin
dip
drain pipe
effluent
soil stack
standpipe
septic tank

sludge
water hammer
escutcheon
spigot
back siphonage
vent stack
fumigant
soil stack
check valve
cistern
flush valve
caulking
disinfections
90 cms.
1.50 mts.
70 cms.
1.80 mts.
1.50 cum

619/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

508 mm.
1.50 mts.
15.20 mts.
45.70 mts.
30.50 mts.
51 mm.
102 mm.
60 cms.
38 mm.
51 mm
Polyethylene
Corporation Stop
Relief Vent
Escutcheon
Developed Length
Flush Valve
Sewage
Carbon Monoxide
Storm Sewer
1 1/2'
1/8 Bend
1-1/2"
3/8"
Battery of Fixtures
Common Vent
4"
4"
6"
Plumbarius

620/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Plumbum

Combination Waste and Vent


system

Sanitary Sewer Main


Fixture
2 1/2"
Circuit Vent
Loop Vent
Barometer
Ionization
Bibbcock
Top Dip to Crown Weir
Double Bend
2"
3
3m
3 days

15 minutes
8%
300 mm

300 mm
4 ft.
60
305 mm
450 mm
6.10 mts.

621/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

600 mm
4.60 mts.
15 cms.
300 mm
0.90 mtr.
2.10 mts.
3.00 mts.
10
Pressure Regulating Valve
Softening
Washdown
Washdown

Reverse Trap

Blowout

Siphon Vortex
Siphon Jet
Siphon Vortex

Siphon Jet
Reverse Trap
Washdown
Water Hammer
Gate Valve
Globe Valve
Effluent

622/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Spring Line
Crown
Invert
black
Teflon

all true

all true

House Drain
Ball Valve
Zeolite
Wye and 1/8 Bend
Water distributing pipe
Full bath

Globe valve

fixture
Battery of fixtures
Drainage, waste and vent
Gooseneck
Privy
Riser

623/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Stack
Water main
cesspool

plumbing

Building sewer

Ball valve

Branch interval

Yoke vent

gooseneck

Septic tank

Drainage fixture unit

Roughing-in

Trap

Backpressure
Waste stack
Water distributing pipe

624/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Soil pipe

Water supply system


BRANCH VENT
CIRCUIT VENT

COMMON VENT

CONTINOUS VENT
DRY VENT
DUAL VENT
GROUP VENT
INDIVIDUAL VENT

LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT

LOCAL VENT
MAIN VENT

RELIEF VENT

UNIT VENT

STACK VENT

WET VENT
YOKE VENT
BACKFLOW
BACK SIPHONAGE
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
BLANK FLANGE
BLIND FLANGE
CAULKING

625/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

COUPLING
UNION
NIPPLE
DEAD END
DEVELOPED LENGTH

DRAINAGE SYSTEM

FIXTURE BRANCH
FLOOD LEVEL
FERRULE
INVERT

PLUMBING SYSTEM

ROUGH IN
SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

SOIL PIPE

TRAP SEAL

WATER RESERVOIR
SHOCK RELIEF AND EXPANSION
CHAMBER
50 FEET OR MORE
2 PERCENT
CULVERT
BLACK WATER
RECESSED
WHITE
BLACK

626/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

TRAP OR WATER SEAL


2.50 M
COMPRESSION VALVE
CISTERN
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
PRESSURE COCK
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
UNION PATENT
FLUSHOMETER
CORPORATION STOP
AIR TRAP
ABSORPTION TRENCH
ILLUMINATION
CATCH BASIN
WYE FITTING
1 1/2"
150mm DIAMETER
1 1/2"
2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"

627/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2'
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
3"
3"
1 1/2"
2"
2"
1 1/4"
3"

SIPHON-VORTEX

SIPHON-JET

REVERSE TRAP

WASH DOWN

BLOW OUT
BIDET
GI PIPE SIZES
19.05mm or 3/4"
46 cm.
122cm
61 cm.
122 cm
5 FEET
1/4" BEND ?
51mm or 2"
64mm or 2 1/2"

628/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

4"
6"
RATIO OF 1:25
RATIO OF 1:30
RATIO OF 1:75
RATIO OF 1:75
RATIO OF 1:5
4 CLOSETS
3 HEADS
GALVANIZED PIPING
WHITE
BUFF
BLUE
BLUE
GREEN
BRASS OR BRONZE
YELLOW
GRAY
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
ON EVERY HOSE BIBB

DRY STANDPIPE
WATER SERVICE PIPE
INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE OF THE
WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
PIPE
1 "
1 "
64mm or 2 "

629/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

64mm or 2 "
SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE

3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER

BALL VALVE

132 LITERS PER MINUTE


ELBOW REDUCER
FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS
2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND
COMBINATION
CIRCUIT VENT

REVERSE OSMOSIS
FIXED TEMPERATURE
HEAT DETECTOR

COUPLING

PRESSURE REGULATOR

WRONG CHOICE OF VENT TYPE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
jet,jack,reciprocating
5"
URINAL FLASH VALVE ASSEMBLY
TAIL PIECE or DEAD END
CHECK VALVE

AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE PILLAR


SYSTEM

630/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THREE FIXTURES
DRY STANDPIPE
POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND FITTINGS
AND FITTINGS
UPVC DWV SANITARY
PIPES AND FITTINGS
ASBESTOS PIPE
Shower set for bath (drawing)
FIBER CEMENT PIPE
GATE VALVE
64mm or 2 1/2"
61 cms
AIR CHAMBER
VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2 THE
DRAIN IT SERVES BUT NOT LESS
THAN THE REQUIRED MINIMUM W/C
EVER IS LARGER
VENT PIPE
3/8"
6 FEET
2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X 1/8
BEND
COUPLING REDUCER
CIRCUIT VENT
JET
RECIPROCATING

CENTRIFUGAL

46 mm
BELL REDUCER
POLYETHELENE PIPE
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES
38 mm (1 1/2")
WYE FITTING

631/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

6"
1 1/2"
3/8"
COUPLING
AT EVERY BRANCH INTERVAL OFA
SOIL STACK
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
COMMON VENT
NUMBER OF FIXTURE
SOIL PIPE
102 mm (4")

UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD

PLUMBING SYSTEM

64 mm (2 1/2")
6"
SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
BALL
NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND, LONG
SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8" COMBINATION
12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR
JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR
JACK
ZEOLITE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

RECIPROCATING

JET

632/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CENTRIFUGAL

JACK

Lawn Sprinkler System


90 cms.
1.50 mts.
60 cms.
1.80 mts.
1 cum.
508 mm.
1.50 mts.
0
15.20 mts.
45.70 mts.
30.50 mts.
26
51 mm.
102 mm.
60 cms.
15 cms.
0.90 mtr.

633/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

38 mm. (11/2")
51 mm. (2")
3
2
1
4
Rigid and Flexible
Burr
House Drain
Polyethylene
Relief Vent
Escutcheon
Flush Valve
Sewage
Carbon Monoxide
Strom Sewer
1 1/2" (38mm)
1/8 Bend
1 1/2"
3/8"
1

634/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0
Battery of Fixtures
Common Vent
4" (102mm)
4" (102mm)
Ball Valve
Zeolite
6" (150mm)
Plumbarius
Plumbum
Combination Waste
and Vent system
Air curtain
Air curtain
Sanitary Sewer Main
Fixture
2 1/2" (64mm)
Circuit Vent
Loop Vent
Barometer
Ionization

635/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Refrigeration
Bibbcock
Top Dip to Crown Weir
Double Bend
2"
3"
(1:30)
(1:25)
(1:75)
(1:75)
4
(1:5)
3
3
15 minutes
Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker
8%
300 mm
300 mm
4'
60

636/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1
1
0.305 mtr. / 305 mm
0.45 mtr. / 450 mm
6.10 mts.
600 mm
4.60 mts.
1
150 mm / 15 cms.
300 mm
0.90 mtr.
2.10 mts.
3.00 mts.
10
Softening
1

Upfeed System / Direct Method

Wye and 1/8 Bend

Energy Efficiency Rating (EER)

Washdown

637/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Washdown (WD)

Reverse Trap (RT)

Blowout (BO)

Siphon Vortex (SV)


Siphon Jet (SJ)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

Siphon Jet (SJ)

Reverse Trap (RT)


Washdown (WD)
Water Hammer
Developed Length
Gate Valve
Globe Valve
Effluent
Spring Line
Crown
Invert
Black

638/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Riser Diagram

Teflon

639/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

640/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
1

A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an opening


A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air it is distributed to an air
conditioned space.
A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its normal limit of travel

The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the bottom
of the hoist way.

When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than
between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part.

There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___ below the sill of the pit
access door

7
8
9

Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____


Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings.
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related hoisting and lowering
mechanisms.

10

Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure.

11

A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory

12
13

Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by mechanical means.
A device that maintains, control of the indoor environmentits desirable temperature, humidity, air circulation, and
purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial materials that are handled or stored there.

14

Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means.

15

A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called

16

17

18

Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with an airstreams where a
small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is cooled.
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting relatively small articles
between levels.
Gives stability to governor ropes.

19
Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight?
20
21

Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite ends of the cables to car
is fastened.
Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight?

641/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
22

Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom.

23

Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel?

24

A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree?

25
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central locations outside the
spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of fans and pumps through duct and pipes.
26
Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser
27
Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger?
28
29
30

it is a device to control the temperature.


It is a three section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving stairway component
In electric elevator machine room is located at the

31

Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels.

32

The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of a system or the part
of a system under consideration is called

33

The following are basic component parts of an


escalator except____.

34

Tesla is the unit of____.

35

Which of the following is not a component of a


hydraulic elevator?
A bathroom containing a water closet, a
lavatory, and a bathtub.
The following are elements of centralized
airconditioning system except _______.

36
37
38

Acoustics is a science that concerns with


______.
a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

39

It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in contact with each other.

40

Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, or other air handling
equipment.

41

What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant?

42

gas used as refrigerant with water

43

an air compartment or chamber

44

liquid which is discharged as a waste

45

A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as?

642/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
46

device used only to add humidity in the air

47

heat is transferred through materials

48

a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas

49

What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing?

50

device to control the thermostat

51

device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct

52

It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight.

53
54

stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency


where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation
of an escalator

55

What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized?

56

pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes

57

vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat

58

It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and driving sheave.

59

the art and practice of heating and cooling with water

60

steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights

61

Two types of passenger elevator.

62

Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator


for small commercial or residential building.
A device that is basically a double throw switch of
generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer
the power from the standby generator to the building
circuitry during electrical power failure.

63

64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71
72
73

The minimum face to face distance between elevators


in three and four car grouping.
Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.
A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the
air
Another name for Humidistat.
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin
which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften
when
reheated.which responds to changes in
An
Instrument
temperature, and directly or indirectly controls
temperature.
A machine that converts mechanical energy into
electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in
order to absorb ___.
A device installed on an electric water heater used to
detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions
of spaces.

643/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
74

A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which


uses low melting point solders or metal that expands
when exposed to heat to detect a fire.

75

Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.

76

An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or


valve
The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.

77
78
79
80
81

A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the


properties of air-system mixtures.
Heat that raises air temperature.
The transmission of heat energy from one place to another
by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
What is the rating index of an airconditioning/
refrigeration system which rates the unit for the
number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input
energy? (EER)

82

What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning


system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air
stream injected to a conditioned space.

83

In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,


and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be
used together with this.

84

It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when


they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the
floors.

85

In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is


overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is
eliminated.

86

In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.

87

In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the


highest and lowest floor.
In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object
becomes wedged at the guard.
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

88
89

90

This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit


location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

91

This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically


if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.
This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop
an elevator.
In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.

92
93
94
95
96

644/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
97

On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to


which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on
which they wind.

98

Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the
counterweight.
In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed
unsafe operating conditions.
The following are basic component parts of an escalator
except____.
Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator?

99
100
101
102
103

The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system


except _______.
A transformer is ______.

104

A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat


transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____.

105

The following are ways in which heat may be transferred


except____.
The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an
escalator.
Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning
b. Has cooling tower
c. Provided with air handling unit
d. All of these

106
107

a. It uses ducts

108

The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual


usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period,
in watt-hours is known as_____.

109

Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,


commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning
system?
The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in
ac is a combination of _______.
A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly
connected to the steps is known as _____.
What is the minimum distance between the handrails of
escalators?
What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered
in air-conditioning system for human comfort?
a. Temperature of the surrounding air
b. Motion of air

110
111
112
113

114

What is the refrigerant name of R-12?

115

The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____.

116
117

The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in


changing the state of a substance
without changing its temperature.
An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air

118

They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system

119

An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building

120

The current of air or gases

645/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
121
122

Requirement for a dry standpipe


Color coding of piping for fuel oil division

123

A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car excusively for carrying
materials

124

The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied

125

The average consumption of water per capita

126

An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of temperature of the
space

127

A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth

128
129
130
131
132
133

134
135
136

The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system
The total sound units provided by a given material
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector
Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube either from these places
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from passing through the
members into adjoining room
The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one square meter surface
Level of subterrenean water
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the air before it is
distributed to an air conditioned space

137

This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time

138

Protection of PVC pipe underground

139

Reflection of sound from curve surface

140

The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time

141

Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates

142

Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize building shocks to the car

143

That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing floor of the
hoistway

144

A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum

145

Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight

146

Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car

147

When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a sufficient room for this

646/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
148

When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding

149

Shalll be located in any one hoistway

150

Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators

151

Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators

152

Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes

153
154

155

156
157
158
159

Provision for all elevators


A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over
travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors
internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed

160

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops
at the floor

161

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety
gear

162

Main purpose of shafts overhead space

163

164
165

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the
guide rail to stop the car safely
OTIS-U.S.

A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due
to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

166

Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which
monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
167

168

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts from over current
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the
outside

169

The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door
170

Dividing the travel length by the rated speed


647/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
171

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when
the car stops at the floor

172

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp the rope to operate
the safety gear

173

Main purpose of shafts overhead space

174

Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the designated end
of travel course

175

Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator

176

Minimum width of balustrade

177

Maximum width of balustrade

178

Maximum width of the steps

179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188

Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade


Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination
Provision for boiler rooms inside the building
Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials
No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall
Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius
Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve
Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel
Provision of every boiler
Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr

189

Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection

190

Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling

191

Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building

192
193
194

195

Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs.


Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify and cool the airstream
injected to the conditioned space
Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building

648/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
196
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on while descending
197
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on while ascending
198

199
200
201
202
203

204
205

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the
guide rail to stop the car safely
main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket
When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are arrange in banks
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by building automation system
to close in case of fire within the area
Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard room of normal condition
without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain

206
PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH THE MACHINE ROOM
207
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE BUILDING'S
STRUCTURAL BEAM
208

Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out

209

Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out

210

Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site

211

Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system

212

Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat moved per watt of
electrical input energy

213
Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower
214
215

A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to activate a switch
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over
travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight safely

649/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
216
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of heat moved per watt of
electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or
detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any
eventuality
217

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

218

The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

219

Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors

220

Dividing the travel length by the rated speed

221

Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its efficiency and
performance

222

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops
at the floor

223
Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator
224

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety
gear

225

Main purpose of shafts overhead space

226

Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the

227

designated end of travel course

228

Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected into the
conditioned space

229

The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance without changing its
temperature.

230

Two types of passenger elevator.

231

Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential building.

232

Another name for passenger elevator.

233

The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping.

234

Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

235

An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.

236

A device for converting alternating current to direct current.

237

Another name for a Rectifier.

238

A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air.

239

Another name for Humidistat.

240

Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator.

650/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
241

A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main.

242

An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls temperature.

243

Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction.

244

A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.

245

Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___.

246

A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to activate a switch.

247

During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.

248

A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.

249

Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.

250

An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.

251

An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve.

252

In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.

253

On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on
which they wind.

254

Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight.

255

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

256

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope.

257

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator.

258

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel.

259

The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.

260

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.

261

A rate of rise type detector.

262

A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures.

263

Heat that raises air temperature.

264

The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.

265

In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.

266

267

268

What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the
air stream injected to a conditioned space.
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell
can be used together with this.
It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which is stopped between
the floors.

651/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
269

In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is
eliminated.

270

In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.

271

In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor.

272

In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard.

273

274

In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental movement of the
escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

275

This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.

276

This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or repairs.

277

The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
(equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)

278
279
280
281

282

283

284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293

652/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311

653/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Air Curtain

AHU (Air Handling Unit)

Bumper

Elevator Landing

610 mm.

660 mm

1220 mm
Air-conditioning
elevator
boiler
conveyor
compressor
air-conditioning
alternator
generator
cooling tower

dumbwaiters
counter weight
guide rails

counterweight
shaft

654/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

governor
buffer
humidifier

centralized air con

compressor

hydraulic elevator
thermostat
Truss
pent house
escalator
demand factor
governor
Magnetic flux
counterweight
Full bath
Method of cooling

All of the above

Conduction
Dampers
freon
ammonia
plenum
effluent
insulation

655/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

hunidifier
Conduction
evaporator
coil
relay
Dampers
elevator
governor
sprocket assembly
boiler
Closed nipple
condenser
gearless traction
hydronics
hoistropes
Electric and Hydraulic
0.60 mtr

Automatic Transfer Switch

2.0 mts.
1.20 mts.
Humidistat
Hygrostat
Thermosetting
Thermostat
Alternator
Heat
Thermostat
Air curtain

656/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fixed Temperature Heat


Detector
135-197F
Air Motor
68-74 F /20-23 deg C
Psychrometric Chart
Sensible Heat
Convection

Energy Efficiency Rating

Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe

Fascia Plate

Weighing Device
Circuit Breaker
Limit Switches
Handrail Guard Switches
Disconnect Switch
Mechanical Maintenance
Locking Device
Current Overload Safety
Switch
Knife Switch
Ton of Refrigeration
Sheave
Governor
Counterweight

657/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Winding-Drum Machine
Winding-Drum Machine
Limit Controls and Interlocks
governor
counterweight
Method of cooling
A mechanical device used to step up
or step down voltage in ac

Thermal load
Polarization
3 section truss

All of these

Seasonal energy efficiency


ratio
R-22
Resistance and reactance
Endless belt
558mm

Both a and b

Dichlorodifluormethane
90-120fpm
LATENT HEAT
AIR CONDITIONER
BUGLARS AND PROWLERS
AIR DUCT
DRAUGHT OR DRAFT

658/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

4 STOREY
BLACK
DUMBWAITER
HUMIDIFIER
50 GALS.
THERMOSTAT
BULLDOZER
ACOUSTICAL LAY IN PANEL
DECIBEL
135-197 F
REAR OR TOP
SOUND ABSORPTION

SOUND INSULATION

LUX
WATER TABLE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

TRAVEL TIME
CONCRETE CASING
CREEP
TRAVEL TIME
FREIGHT ELEVATOR
BUFFER
PIT
WINDING DRUM MACHINE
GUIDE RAILS
600mm
FOR REPAIR AND INSPECTION

659/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2 HOISTWAYS
4 ELEVATORS
3 HOISTWAYS
2 HOISTWAYS
30mm
OVER LOAD RELAY AND
REVERSE POLARITY RELAY
BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON
STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER
OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
SAFETY SHOE
WAIT INTERVAL
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
MAGNETIC BREAK
FOR CAR OVERRUN

GOVERNOR
A European brand of elevator
BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON
STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

SAFETY SHOE
WAIT INTERVAL

660/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

MAGNETIC BREAK
FOR CAR OVERRUN
LIMIT SWITCH
35 degrees
558 mm
1.20 m
330 mm
TEMPERED TYPE GLASS
38 mpm
R.C CONCRETE OR MASONRY
3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE WALL

1 meter
5.00 mts
2 CHECK VALVES
NON RETURN OR SHUT OFF
VALVE
ONE SAFETY VALVE
TWO SAFETY VALVE
15 DAYS
68deg-74deg F
2.30 meters ABOVE THE FLOOR
STOP VALVES
2.13 meters

FAN COIL UNIT


1.5 TIMES MORE THAN THE
ELEVATOR CAR DEPTH

661/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DOWN COLLECTIVE CONTROL

UP COLLECTIVE CONTROL

GOVERNOR - safety gear, safety


shoe, magnetic break
ESCALATOR'S PART
ONE IN FRONT OF THE OTHER
1120;980;800;760
1150;1100;1000;900
ADJUSTABLE LOCKING
DAMPERS
AT THE ESCALATOR MACHINE
ROOM
12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON OF
REFRIGERATION

International Standard and EN


81.1 Code in designing a machine
room

STANDARD INSTALLATION OF
ESCALATOR NOT EXCEEDING
4.50 MTS./ TRUSS

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE


EXPANDED POLYTHELYNE FOAM
INSULATION
KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
COMPONENT PART
COOLING TOWER
SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TONS OF REFRIGERATION

THERMOSTAT

BUFFER

662/752

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MONITORING CONTACTS ON
STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER
SAFETY SHOE
AIR CURTAIN
WAIT INTERVAL
EVAPORATORS CANNOT BE
LOCATED AT CEILING
DOOR LOCK SWITCH

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

MAGNETIC BREAK
FOR CAR OVERRUN
LIMIT SWITCH